Mercurial > vim
annotate src/ex_cmds.c @ 5934:e3d2b8d83bb3 v7.4.308
updated for version 7.4.308
Problem: When using ":diffsplit" on an empty file the cursor is displayed
on the command line.
Solution: Limit the value of w_topfill.
author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
---|---|
date | Wed, 28 May 2014 11:35:37 +0200 |
parents | 81f5a056b2a5 |
children | 7b3248267575 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
2 * | |
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
4 * | |
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
8 */ | |
9 | |
10 /* | |
11 * ex_cmds.c: some functions for command line commands | |
12 */ | |
13 | |
14 #include "vim.h" | |
15 #include "version.h" | |
16 | |
17 #ifdef FEAT_EX_EXTRA | |
18 static int linelen __ARGS((int *has_tab)); | |
19 #endif | |
20 static void do_filter __ARGS((linenr_T line1, linenr_T line2, exarg_T *eap, char_u *cmd, int do_in, int do_out)); | |
21 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO | |
22 static char_u *viminfo_filename __ARGS((char_u *)); | |
1733 | 23 static void do_viminfo __ARGS((FILE *fp_in, FILE *fp_out, int flags)); |
7 | 24 static int viminfo_encoding __ARGS((vir_T *virp)); |
25 static int read_viminfo_up_to_marks __ARGS((vir_T *virp, int forceit, int writing)); | |
26 #endif | |
27 | |
28 static int check_readonly __ARGS((int *forceit, buf_T *buf)); | |
29 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
30 static void delbuf_msg __ARGS((char_u *name)); | |
31 #endif | |
32 static int | |
33 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
34 _RTLENTRYF | |
35 #endif | |
36 help_compare __ARGS((const void *s1, const void *s2)); | |
37 | |
38 /* | |
39 * ":ascii" and "ga". | |
40 */ | |
41 void | |
42 do_ascii(eap) | |
1876 | 43 exarg_T *eap UNUSED; |
7 | 44 { |
45 int c; | |
1784 | 46 int cval; |
7 | 47 char buf1[20]; |
48 char buf2[20]; | |
49 char_u buf3[7]; | |
50 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
714 | 51 int cc[MAX_MCO]; |
52 int ci = 0; | |
7 | 53 int len; |
54 | |
55 if (enc_utf8) | |
714 | 56 c = utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cc); |
7 | 57 else |
58 #endif | |
59 c = gchar_cursor(); | |
60 if (c == NUL) | |
61 { | |
62 MSG("NUL"); | |
63 return; | |
64 } | |
65 | |
66 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
67 IObuff[0] = NUL; | |
68 if (!has_mbyte || (enc_dbcs != 0 && c < 0x100) || c < 0x80) | |
69 #endif | |
70 { | |
71 if (c == NL) /* NUL is stored as NL */ | |
72 c = NUL; | |
1784 | 73 if (c == CAR && get_fileformat(curbuf) == EOL_MAC) |
74 cval = NL; /* NL is stored as CR */ | |
75 else | |
76 cval = c; | |
7 | 77 if (vim_isprintc_strict(c) && (c < ' ' |
78 #ifndef EBCDIC | |
79 || c > '~' | |
80 #endif | |
81 )) | |
82 { | |
83 transchar_nonprint(buf3, c); | |
1872 | 84 vim_snprintf(buf1, sizeof(buf1), " <%s>", (char *)buf3); |
7 | 85 } |
86 else | |
87 buf1[0] = NUL; | |
88 #ifndef EBCDIC | |
89 if (c >= 0x80) | |
1872 | 90 vim_snprintf(buf2, sizeof(buf2), " <M-%s>", |
91 (char *)transchar(c & 0x7f)); | |
7 | 92 else |
93 #endif | |
94 buf2[0] = NUL; | |
274 | 95 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, |
96 _("<%s>%s%s %d, Hex %02x, Octal %03o"), | |
1784 | 97 transchar(c), buf1, buf2, cval, cval, cval); |
7 | 98 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
963 | 99 if (enc_utf8) |
100 c = cc[ci++]; | |
101 else | |
102 c = 0; | |
7 | 103 #endif |
104 } | |
105 | |
106 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
107 /* Repeat for combining characters. */ | |
108 while (has_mbyte && (c >= 0x100 || (enc_utf8 && c >= 0x80))) | |
109 { | |
110 len = (int)STRLEN(IObuff); | |
111 /* This assumes every multi-byte char is printable... */ | |
112 if (len > 0) | |
113 IObuff[len++] = ' '; | |
114 IObuff[len++] = '<'; | |
963 | 115 if (enc_utf8 && utf_iscomposing(c) |
625 | 116 # ifdef USE_GUI |
7 | 117 && !gui.in_use |
625 | 118 # endif |
7 | 119 ) |
120 IObuff[len++] = ' '; /* draw composing char on top of a space */ | |
274 | 121 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(c, IObuff + len); |
122 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff + len, IOSIZE - len, | |
7 | 123 c < 0x10000 ? _("> %d, Hex %04x, Octal %o") |
124 : _("> %d, Hex %08x, Octal %o"), c, c, c); | |
714 | 125 if (ci == MAX_MCO) |
126 break; | |
963 | 127 if (enc_utf8) |
128 c = cc[ci++]; | |
129 else | |
130 c = 0; | |
7 | 131 } |
132 #endif | |
133 | |
134 msg(IObuff); | |
135 } | |
136 | |
137 #if defined(FEAT_EX_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO) | |
138 /* | |
139 * ":left", ":center" and ":right": align text. | |
140 */ | |
141 void | |
142 ex_align(eap) | |
143 exarg_T *eap; | |
144 { | |
145 pos_T save_curpos; | |
146 int len; | |
147 int indent = 0; | |
148 int new_indent; | |
149 int has_tab; | |
150 int width; | |
151 | |
152 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
153 if (curwin->w_p_rl) | |
154 { | |
155 /* switch left and right aligning */ | |
156 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_right) | |
157 eap->cmdidx = CMD_left; | |
158 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left) | |
159 eap->cmdidx = CMD_right; | |
160 } | |
161 #endif | |
162 | |
163 width = atoi((char *)eap->arg); | |
164 save_curpos = curwin->w_cursor; | |
165 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left) /* width is used for new indent */ | |
166 { | |
167 if (width >= 0) | |
168 indent = width; | |
169 } | |
170 else | |
171 { | |
172 /* | |
173 * if 'textwidth' set, use it | |
174 * else if 'wrapmargin' set, use it | |
175 * if invalid value, use 80 | |
176 */ | |
177 if (width <= 0) | |
178 width = curbuf->b_p_tw; | |
179 if (width == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm > 0) | |
180 width = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; | |
181 if (width <= 0) | |
182 width = 80; | |
183 } | |
184 | |
185 if (u_save((linenr_T)(eap->line1 - 1), (linenr_T)(eap->line2 + 1)) == FAIL) | |
186 return; | |
187 | |
188 for (curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1; | |
189 curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= eap->line2; ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
190 { | |
191 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_left) /* left align */ | |
192 new_indent = indent; | |
193 else | |
194 { | |
944 | 195 has_tab = FALSE; /* avoid uninit warnings */ |
7 | 196 len = linelen(eap->cmdidx == CMD_right ? &has_tab |
197 : NULL) - get_indent(); | |
198 | |
199 if (len <= 0) /* skip blank lines */ | |
200 continue; | |
201 | |
202 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_center) | |
203 new_indent = (width - len) / 2; | |
204 else | |
205 { | |
206 new_indent = width - len; /* right align */ | |
207 | |
208 /* | |
209 * Make sure that embedded TABs don't make the text go too far | |
210 * to the right. | |
211 */ | |
212 if (has_tab) | |
213 while (new_indent > 0) | |
214 { | |
215 (void)set_indent(new_indent, 0); | |
216 if (linelen(NULL) <= width) | |
217 { | |
218 /* | |
219 * Now try to move the line as much as possible to | |
220 * the right. Stop when it moves too far. | |
221 */ | |
222 do | |
223 (void)set_indent(++new_indent, 0); | |
224 while (linelen(NULL) <= width); | |
225 --new_indent; | |
226 break; | |
227 } | |
228 --new_indent; | |
229 } | |
230 } | |
231 } | |
232 if (new_indent < 0) | |
233 new_indent = 0; | |
234 (void)set_indent(new_indent, 0); /* set indent */ | |
235 } | |
236 changed_lines(eap->line1, 0, eap->line2 + 1, 0L); | |
237 curwin->w_cursor = save_curpos; | |
238 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
239 } | |
240 | |
241 /* | |
242 * Get the length of the current line, excluding trailing white space. | |
243 */ | |
244 static int | |
245 linelen(has_tab) | |
246 int *has_tab; | |
247 { | |
248 char_u *line; | |
249 char_u *first; | |
250 char_u *last; | |
251 int save; | |
252 int len; | |
253 | |
254 /* find the first non-blank character */ | |
255 line = ml_get_curline(); | |
256 first = skipwhite(line); | |
257 | |
258 /* find the character after the last non-blank character */ | |
259 for (last = first + STRLEN(first); | |
260 last > first && vim_iswhite(last[-1]); --last) | |
261 ; | |
262 save = *last; | |
263 *last = NUL; | |
264 len = linetabsize(line); /* get line length */ | |
265 if (has_tab != NULL) /* check for embedded TAB */ | |
266 *has_tab = (vim_strrchr(first, TAB) != NULL); | |
267 *last = save; | |
268 | |
269 return len; | |
270 } | |
271 | |
826 | 272 /* Buffer for two lines used during sorting. They are allocated to |
273 * contain the longest line being sorted. */ | |
274 static char_u *sortbuf1; | |
275 static char_u *sortbuf2; | |
284 | 276 |
277 static int sort_ic; /* ignore case */ | |
294 | 278 static int sort_nr; /* sort on number */ |
826 | 279 static int sort_rx; /* sort on regex instead of skipping it */ |
280 | |
281 static int sort_abort; /* flag to indicate if sorting has been interrupted */ | |
294 | 282 |
283 /* Struct to store info to be sorted. */ | |
284 typedef struct | |
285 { | |
286 linenr_T lnum; /* line number */ | |
826 | 287 long start_col_nr; /* starting column number or number */ |
288 long end_col_nr; /* ending column number */ | |
294 | 289 } sorti_T; |
284 | 290 |
291 static int | |
292 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
293 _RTLENTRYF | |
294 #endif | |
295 sort_compare __ARGS((const void *s1, const void *s2)); | |
296 | |
297 static int | |
298 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
299 _RTLENTRYF | |
300 #endif | |
301 sort_compare(s1, s2) | |
302 const void *s1; | |
303 const void *s2; | |
304 { | |
294 | 305 sorti_T l1 = *(sorti_T *)s1; |
306 sorti_T l2 = *(sorti_T *)s2; | |
826 | 307 int result = 0; |
308 | |
309 /* If the user interrupts, there's no way to stop qsort() immediately, but | |
834 | 310 * if we return 0 every time, qsort will assume it's done sorting and |
311 * exit. */ | |
826 | 312 if (sort_abort) |
313 return 0; | |
314 fast_breakcheck(); | |
315 if (got_int) | |
316 sort_abort = TRUE; | |
317 | |
834 | 318 /* When sorting numbers "start_col_nr" is the number, not the column |
319 * number. */ | |
294 | 320 if (sort_nr) |
2606 | 321 result = l1.start_col_nr == l2.start_col_nr ? 0 |
322 : l1.start_col_nr > l2.start_col_nr ? 1 : -1; | |
826 | 323 else |
324 { | |
834 | 325 /* We need to copy one line into "sortbuf1", because there is no |
326 * guarantee that the first pointer becomes invalid when obtaining the | |
327 * second one. */ | |
328 STRNCPY(sortbuf1, ml_get(l1.lnum) + l1.start_col_nr, | |
329 l1.end_col_nr - l1.start_col_nr + 1); | |
826 | 330 sortbuf1[l1.end_col_nr - l1.start_col_nr] = 0; |
834 | 331 STRNCPY(sortbuf2, ml_get(l2.lnum) + l2.start_col_nr, |
332 l2.end_col_nr - l2.start_col_nr + 1); | |
826 | 333 sortbuf2[l2.end_col_nr - l2.start_col_nr] = 0; |
334 | |
834 | 335 result = sort_ic ? STRICMP(sortbuf1, sortbuf2) |
336 : STRCMP(sortbuf1, sortbuf2); | |
337 } | |
338 | |
339 /* If two lines have the same value, preserve the original line order. */ | |
826 | 340 if (result == 0) |
834 | 341 return (int)(l1.lnum - l2.lnum); |
342 return result; | |
284 | 343 } |
344 | |
345 /* | |
346 * ":sort". | |
347 */ | |
348 void | |
349 ex_sort(eap) | |
350 exarg_T *eap; | |
351 { | |
352 regmatch_T regmatch; | |
353 int len; | |
354 linenr_T lnum; | |
355 long maxlen = 0; | |
294 | 356 sorti_T *nrs; |
1872 | 357 size_t count = (size_t)(eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1); |
294 | 358 size_t i; |
284 | 359 char_u *p; |
360 char_u *s; | |
826 | 361 char_u *s2; |
362 char_u c; /* temporary character storage */ | |
284 | 363 int unique = FALSE; |
364 long deleted; | |
826 | 365 colnr_T start_col; |
366 colnr_T end_col; | |
294 | 367 int sort_oct; /* sort on octal number */ |
368 int sort_hex; /* sort on hex number */ | |
284 | 369 |
1538 | 370 /* Sorting one line is really quick! */ |
371 if (count <= 1) | |
372 return; | |
373 | |
284 | 374 if (u_save((linenr_T)(eap->line1 - 1), (linenr_T)(eap->line2 + 1)) == FAIL) |
375 return; | |
826 | 376 sortbuf1 = NULL; |
377 sortbuf2 = NULL; | |
284 | 378 regmatch.regprog = NULL; |
294 | 379 nrs = (sorti_T *)lalloc((long_u)(count * sizeof(sorti_T)), TRUE); |
284 | 380 if (nrs == NULL) |
826 | 381 goto sortend; |
382 | |
383 sort_abort = sort_ic = sort_rx = sort_nr = sort_oct = sort_hex = 0; | |
294 | 384 |
284 | 385 for (p = eap->arg; *p != NUL; ++p) |
386 { | |
387 if (vim_iswhite(*p)) | |
388 ; | |
389 else if (*p == 'i') | |
390 sort_ic = TRUE; | |
826 | 391 else if (*p == 'r') |
392 sort_rx = TRUE; | |
294 | 393 else if (*p == 'n') |
394 sort_nr = 2; | |
395 else if (*p == 'o') | |
396 sort_oct = 2; | |
397 else if (*p == 'x') | |
398 sort_hex = 2; | |
284 | 399 else if (*p == 'u') |
400 unique = TRUE; | |
289 | 401 else if (*p == '"') /* comment start */ |
402 break; | |
403 else if (check_nextcmd(p) != NULL) | |
404 { | |
405 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(p); | |
406 break; | |
407 } | |
408 else if (!ASCII_ISALPHA(*p) && regmatch.regprog == NULL) | |
284 | 409 { |
410 s = skip_regexp(p + 1, *p, TRUE, NULL); | |
411 if (*s != *p) | |
412 { | |
413 EMSG(_(e_invalpat)); | |
826 | 414 goto sortend; |
284 | 415 } |
416 *s = NUL; | |
1314 | 417 /* Use last search pattern if sort pattern is empty. */ |
4199 | 418 if (s == p + 1) |
419 { | |
420 if (last_search_pat() == NULL) | |
421 { | |
422 EMSG(_(e_noprevre)); | |
423 goto sortend; | |
424 } | |
1314 | 425 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(last_search_pat(), RE_MAGIC); |
4199 | 426 } |
1314 | 427 else |
428 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(p + 1, RE_MAGIC); | |
284 | 429 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) |
826 | 430 goto sortend; |
289 | 431 p = s; /* continue after the regexp */ |
284 | 432 regmatch.rm_ic = p_ic; |
433 } | |
434 else | |
435 { | |
436 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p); | |
826 | 437 goto sortend; |
284 | 438 } |
439 } | |
440 | |
294 | 441 /* Can only have one of 'n', 'o' and 'x'. */ |
442 if (sort_nr + sort_oct + sort_hex > 2) | |
443 { | |
444 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
826 | 445 goto sortend; |
294 | 446 } |
447 | |
448 /* From here on "sort_nr" is used as a flag for any number sorting. */ | |
449 sort_nr += sort_oct + sort_hex; | |
450 | |
284 | 451 /* |
294 | 452 * Make an array with all line numbers. This avoids having to copy all |
284 | 453 * the lines into allocated memory. |
826 | 454 * When sorting on strings "start_col_nr" is the offset in the line, for |
455 * numbers sorting it's the number to sort on. This means the pattern | |
456 * matching and number conversion only has to be done once per line. | |
294 | 457 * Also get the longest line length for allocating "sortbuf". |
284 | 458 */ |
459 for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2; ++lnum) | |
460 { | |
461 s = ml_get(lnum); | |
835 | 462 len = (int)STRLEN(s); |
284 | 463 if (maxlen < len) |
464 maxlen = len; | |
294 | 465 |
826 | 466 start_col = 0; |
467 end_col = len; | |
294 | 468 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL && vim_regexec(®match, s, 0)) |
826 | 469 { |
470 if (sort_rx) | |
471 { | |
835 | 472 start_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.startp[0] - s); |
473 end_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.endp[0] - s); | |
826 | 474 } |
475 else | |
835 | 476 start_col = (colnr_T)(regmatch.endp[0] - s); |
826 | 477 } |
294 | 478 else |
826 | 479 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) |
480 end_col = 0; | |
294 | 481 |
482 if (sort_nr) | |
483 { | |
826 | 484 /* Make sure vim_str2nr doesn't read any digits past the end |
485 * of the match, by temporarily terminating the string there */ | |
486 s2 = s + end_col; | |
487 c = *s2; | |
2606 | 488 *s2 = NUL; |
294 | 489 /* Sorting on number: Store the number itself. */ |
1687 | 490 p = s + start_col; |
294 | 491 if (sort_hex) |
1687 | 492 s = skiptohex(p); |
294 | 493 else |
1687 | 494 s = skiptodigit(p); |
495 if (s > p && s[-1] == '-') | |
496 --s; /* include preceding negative sign */ | |
2606 | 497 if (*s == NUL) |
498 /* empty line should sort before any number */ | |
499 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].start_col_nr = -MAXLNUM; | |
500 else | |
501 vim_str2nr(s, NULL, NULL, sort_oct, sort_hex, | |
502 &nrs[lnum - eap->line1].start_col_nr, NULL); | |
503 *s2 = c; | |
294 | 504 } |
505 else | |
826 | 506 { |
294 | 507 /* Store the column to sort at. */ |
826 | 508 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].start_col_nr = start_col; |
509 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].end_col_nr = end_col; | |
510 } | |
294 | 511 |
512 nrs[lnum - eap->line1].lnum = lnum; | |
481 | 513 |
514 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL) | |
515 fast_breakcheck(); | |
516 if (got_int) | |
826 | 517 goto sortend; |
284 | 518 } |
519 | |
294 | 520 /* Allocate a buffer that can hold the longest line. */ |
826 | 521 sortbuf1 = alloc((unsigned)maxlen + 1); |
522 if (sortbuf1 == NULL) | |
523 goto sortend; | |
524 sortbuf2 = alloc((unsigned)maxlen + 1); | |
525 if (sortbuf2 == NULL) | |
526 goto sortend; | |
284 | 527 |
481 | 528 /* Sort the array of line numbers. Note: can't be interrupted! */ |
294 | 529 qsort((void *)nrs, count, sizeof(sorti_T), sort_compare); |
284 | 530 |
826 | 531 if (sort_abort) |
532 goto sortend; | |
533 | |
284 | 534 /* Insert the lines in the sorted order below the last one. */ |
535 lnum = eap->line2; | |
536 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
537 { | |
538 s = ml_get(nrs[eap->forceit ? count - i - 1 : i].lnum); | |
539 if (!unique || i == 0 | |
826 | 540 || (sort_ic ? STRICMP(s, sortbuf1) : STRCMP(s, sortbuf1)) != 0) |
284 | 541 { |
542 if (ml_append(lnum++, s, (colnr_T)0, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
543 break; | |
294 | 544 if (unique) |
826 | 545 STRCPY(sortbuf1, s); |
284 | 546 } |
481 | 547 fast_breakcheck(); |
548 if (got_int) | |
826 | 549 goto sortend; |
284 | 550 } |
551 | |
552 /* delete the original lines if appending worked */ | |
553 if (i == count) | |
554 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i) | |
555 ml_delete(eap->line1, FALSE); | |
556 else | |
557 count = 0; | |
558 | |
294 | 559 /* Adjust marks for deleted (or added) lines and prepare for displaying. */ |
835 | 560 deleted = (long)(count - (lnum - eap->line2)); |
284 | 561 if (deleted > 0) |
562 mark_adjust(eap->line2 - deleted, eap->line2, (long)MAXLNUM, -deleted); | |
563 else if (deleted < 0) | |
564 mark_adjust(eap->line2, MAXLNUM, -deleted, 0L); | |
565 changed_lines(eap->line1, 0, eap->line2 + 1, -deleted); | |
294 | 566 |
284 | 567 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1; |
568 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
569 | |
826 | 570 sortend: |
284 | 571 vim_free(nrs); |
826 | 572 vim_free(sortbuf1); |
573 vim_free(sortbuf2); | |
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4613
diff
changeset
|
574 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
481 | 575 if (got_int) |
576 EMSG(_(e_interr)); | |
284 | 577 } |
578 | |
7 | 579 /* |
580 * ":retab". | |
581 */ | |
582 void | |
583 ex_retab(eap) | |
584 exarg_T *eap; | |
585 { | |
586 linenr_T lnum; | |
587 int got_tab = FALSE; | |
588 long num_spaces = 0; | |
589 long num_tabs; | |
590 long len; | |
591 long col; | |
592 long vcol; | |
593 long start_col = 0; /* For start of white-space string */ | |
594 long start_vcol = 0; /* For start of white-space string */ | |
595 int temp; | |
596 long old_len; | |
597 char_u *ptr; | |
598 char_u *new_line = (char_u *)1; /* init to non-NULL */ | |
599 int did_undo; /* called u_save for current line */ | |
600 int new_ts; | |
601 int save_list; | |
602 linenr_T first_line = 0; /* first changed line */ | |
603 linenr_T last_line = 0; /* last changed line */ | |
604 | |
605 save_list = curwin->w_p_list; | |
606 curwin->w_p_list = 0; /* don't want list mode here */ | |
607 | |
608 new_ts = getdigits(&(eap->arg)); | |
609 if (new_ts < 0) | |
610 { | |
611 EMSG(_(e_positive)); | |
612 return; | |
613 } | |
614 if (new_ts == 0) | |
615 new_ts = curbuf->b_p_ts; | |
616 for (lnum = eap->line1; !got_int && lnum <= eap->line2; ++lnum) | |
617 { | |
618 ptr = ml_get(lnum); | |
619 col = 0; | |
620 vcol = 0; | |
621 did_undo = FALSE; | |
622 for (;;) | |
623 { | |
624 if (vim_iswhite(ptr[col])) | |
625 { | |
626 if (!got_tab && num_spaces == 0) | |
627 { | |
628 /* First consecutive white-space */ | |
629 start_vcol = vcol; | |
630 start_col = col; | |
631 } | |
632 if (ptr[col] == ' ') | |
633 num_spaces++; | |
634 else | |
635 got_tab = TRUE; | |
636 } | |
637 else | |
638 { | |
639 if (got_tab || (eap->forceit && num_spaces > 1)) | |
640 { | |
641 /* Retabulate this string of white-space */ | |
642 | |
643 /* len is virtual length of white string */ | |
644 len = num_spaces = vcol - start_vcol; | |
645 num_tabs = 0; | |
646 if (!curbuf->b_p_et) | |
647 { | |
648 temp = new_ts - (start_vcol % new_ts); | |
649 if (num_spaces >= temp) | |
650 { | |
651 num_spaces -= temp; | |
652 num_tabs++; | |
653 } | |
654 num_tabs += num_spaces / new_ts; | |
655 num_spaces -= (num_spaces / new_ts) * new_ts; | |
656 } | |
657 if (curbuf->b_p_et || got_tab || | |
658 (num_spaces + num_tabs < len)) | |
659 { | |
660 if (did_undo == FALSE) | |
661 { | |
662 did_undo = TRUE; | |
663 if (u_save((linenr_T)(lnum - 1), | |
664 (linenr_T)(lnum + 1)) == FAIL) | |
665 { | |
666 new_line = NULL; /* flag out-of-memory */ | |
667 break; | |
668 } | |
669 } | |
670 | |
671 /* len is actual number of white characters used */ | |
672 len = num_spaces + num_tabs; | |
673 old_len = (long)STRLEN(ptr); | |
674 new_line = lalloc(old_len - col + start_col + len + 1, | |
675 TRUE); | |
676 if (new_line == NULL) | |
677 break; | |
678 if (start_col > 0) | |
679 mch_memmove(new_line, ptr, (size_t)start_col); | |
680 mch_memmove(new_line + start_col + len, | |
681 ptr + col, (size_t)(old_len - col + 1)); | |
682 ptr = new_line + start_col; | |
683 for (col = 0; col < len; col++) | |
684 ptr[col] = (col < num_tabs) ? '\t' : ' '; | |
685 ml_replace(lnum, new_line, FALSE); | |
686 if (first_line == 0) | |
687 first_line = lnum; | |
688 last_line = lnum; | |
689 ptr = new_line; | |
690 col = start_col + len; | |
691 } | |
692 } | |
693 got_tab = FALSE; | |
694 num_spaces = 0; | |
695 } | |
696 if (ptr[col] == NUL) | |
697 break; | |
698 vcol += chartabsize(ptr + col, (colnr_T)vcol); | |
699 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
700 if (has_mbyte) | |
474 | 701 col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + col); |
7 | 702 else |
703 #endif | |
704 ++col; | |
705 } | |
706 if (new_line == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
707 break; | |
708 line_breakcheck(); | |
709 } | |
710 if (got_int) | |
711 EMSG(_(e_interr)); | |
712 | |
713 if (curbuf->b_p_ts != new_ts) | |
714 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); | |
715 if (first_line != 0) | |
716 changed_lines(first_line, 0, last_line + 1, 0L); | |
717 | |
718 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; /* restore 'list' */ | |
719 | |
720 curbuf->b_p_ts = new_ts; | |
721 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); | |
722 | |
723 u_clearline(); | |
724 } | |
725 #endif | |
726 | |
727 /* | |
728 * :move command - move lines line1-line2 to line dest | |
729 * | |
730 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
731 */ | |
732 int | |
733 do_move(line1, line2, dest) | |
734 linenr_T line1; | |
735 linenr_T line2; | |
736 linenr_T dest; | |
737 { | |
738 char_u *str; | |
739 linenr_T l; | |
740 linenr_T extra; /* Num lines added before line1 */ | |
741 linenr_T num_lines; /* Num lines moved */ | |
742 linenr_T last_line; /* Last line in file after adding new text */ | |
743 | |
744 if (dest >= line1 && dest < line2) | |
745 { | |
746 EMSG(_("E134: Move lines into themselves")); | |
747 return FAIL; | |
748 } | |
749 | |
750 num_lines = line2 - line1 + 1; | |
751 | |
752 /* | |
753 * First we copy the old text to its new location -- webb | |
754 * Also copy the flag that ":global" command uses. | |
755 */ | |
756 if (u_save(dest, dest + 1) == FAIL) | |
757 return FAIL; | |
758 for (extra = 0, l = line1; l <= line2; l++) | |
759 { | |
760 str = vim_strsave(ml_get(l + extra)); | |
761 if (str != NULL) | |
762 { | |
763 ml_append(dest + l - line1, str, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
764 vim_free(str); | |
765 if (dest < line1) | |
766 extra++; | |
767 } | |
768 } | |
769 | |
770 /* | |
771 * Now we must be careful adjusting our marks so that we don't overlap our | |
772 * mark_adjust() calls. | |
773 * | |
774 * We adjust the marks within the old text so that they refer to the | |
775 * last lines of the file (temporarily), because we know no other marks | |
776 * will be set there since these line numbers did not exist until we added | |
777 * our new lines. | |
778 * | |
779 * Then we adjust the marks on lines between the old and new text positions | |
780 * (either forwards or backwards). | |
781 * | |
782 * And Finally we adjust the marks we put at the end of the file back to | |
783 * their final destination at the new text position -- webb | |
784 */ | |
785 last_line = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
786 mark_adjust(line1, line2, last_line - line2, 0L); | |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
787 changed_lines(last_line - num_lines + 1, 0, last_line + 1, num_lines); |
7 | 788 if (dest >= line2) |
789 { | |
790 mark_adjust(line2 + 1, dest, -num_lines, 0L); | |
791 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = dest - num_lines + 1; | |
792 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = dest; | |
793 } | |
794 else | |
795 { | |
796 mark_adjust(dest + 1, line1 - 1, num_lines, 0L); | |
797 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = dest + 1; | |
798 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = dest + num_lines; | |
799 } | |
800 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; | |
801 mark_adjust(last_line - num_lines + 1, last_line, | |
802 -(last_line - dest - extra), 0L); | |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
803 changed_lines(last_line - num_lines + 1, 0, last_line + 1, -extra); |
7 | 804 |
805 /* | |
806 * Now we delete the original text -- webb | |
807 */ | |
808 if (u_save(line1 + extra - 1, line2 + extra + 1) == FAIL) | |
809 return FAIL; | |
810 | |
811 for (l = line1; l <= line2; l++) | |
812 ml_delete(line1 + extra, TRUE); | |
813 | |
814 if (!global_busy && num_lines > p_report) | |
815 { | |
816 if (num_lines == 1) | |
817 MSG(_("1 line moved")); | |
818 else | |
819 smsg((char_u *)_("%ld lines moved"), num_lines); | |
820 } | |
821 | |
822 /* | |
823 * Leave the cursor on the last of the moved lines. | |
824 */ | |
825 if (dest >= line1) | |
826 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest; | |
827 else | |
828 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = dest + (line2 - line1) + 1; | |
829 | |
830 if (line1 < dest) | |
3184 | 831 { |
832 dest += num_lines + 1; | |
833 last_line = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
834 if (dest > last_line + 1) | |
835 dest = last_line + 1; | |
836 changed_lines(line1, 0, dest, 0L); | |
837 } | |
7 | 838 else |
839 changed_lines(dest + 1, 0, line1 + num_lines, 0L); | |
840 | |
841 return OK; | |
842 } | |
843 | |
844 /* | |
845 * ":copy" | |
846 */ | |
847 void | |
848 ex_copy(line1, line2, n) | |
849 linenr_T line1; | |
850 linenr_T line2; | |
851 linenr_T n; | |
852 { | |
853 linenr_T count; | |
854 char_u *p; | |
855 | |
856 count = line2 - line1 + 1; | |
857 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = n + 1; | |
858 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = n + count; | |
859 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; | |
860 | |
861 /* | |
862 * there are three situations: | |
863 * 1. destination is above line1 | |
864 * 2. destination is between line1 and line2 | |
865 * 3. destination is below line2 | |
866 * | |
867 * n = destination (when starting) | |
868 * curwin->w_cursor.lnum = destination (while copying) | |
869 * line1 = start of source (while copying) | |
870 * line2 = end of source (while copying) | |
871 */ | |
872 if (u_save(n, n + 1) == FAIL) | |
873 return; | |
874 | |
875 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = n; | |
876 while (line1 <= line2) | |
877 { | |
878 /* need to use vim_strsave() because the line will be unlocked within | |
879 * ml_append() */ | |
880 p = vim_strsave(ml_get(line1)); | |
881 if (p != NULL) | |
882 { | |
883 ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
884 vim_free(p); | |
885 } | |
886 /* situation 2: skip already copied lines */ | |
887 if (line1 == n) | |
888 line1 = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
889 ++line1; | |
890 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < line1) | |
891 ++line1; | |
892 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < line2) | |
893 ++line2; | |
894 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
895 } | |
896 | |
897 appended_lines_mark(n, count); | |
898 | |
899 msgmore((long)count); | |
900 } | |
901 | |
359 | 902 static char_u *prevcmd = NULL; /* the previous command */ |
903 | |
904 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) | |
905 void | |
906 free_prev_shellcmd() | |
907 { | |
908 vim_free(prevcmd); | |
909 } | |
910 #endif | |
911 | |
7 | 912 /* |
913 * Handle the ":!cmd" command. Also for ":r !cmd" and ":w !cmd" | |
914 * Bangs in the argument are replaced with the previously entered command. | |
915 * Remember the argument. | |
916 */ | |
917 void | |
918 do_bang(addr_count, eap, forceit, do_in, do_out) | |
919 int addr_count; | |
920 exarg_T *eap; | |
921 int forceit; | |
922 int do_in, do_out; | |
923 { | |
924 char_u *arg = eap->arg; /* command */ | |
925 linenr_T line1 = eap->line1; /* start of range */ | |
926 linenr_T line2 = eap->line2; /* end of range */ | |
927 char_u *newcmd = NULL; /* the new command */ | |
928 int free_newcmd = FALSE; /* need to free() newcmd */ | |
929 int ins_prevcmd; | |
930 char_u *t; | |
931 char_u *p; | |
932 char_u *trailarg; | |
933 int len; | |
934 int scroll_save = msg_scroll; | |
935 | |
936 /* | |
937 * Disallow shell commands for "rvim". | |
938 * Disallow shell commands from .exrc and .vimrc in current directory for | |
939 * security reasons. | |
940 */ | |
941 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) | |
942 return; | |
943 | |
944 if (addr_count == 0) /* :! */ | |
945 { | |
946 msg_scroll = FALSE; /* don't scroll here */ | |
947 autowrite_all(); | |
948 msg_scroll = scroll_save; | |
949 } | |
950 | |
951 /* | |
952 * Try to find an embedded bang, like in :!<cmd> ! [args] | |
953 * (:!! is indicated by the 'forceit' variable) | |
954 */ | |
955 ins_prevcmd = forceit; | |
956 trailarg = arg; | |
957 do | |
958 { | |
959 len = (int)STRLEN(trailarg) + 1; | |
960 if (newcmd != NULL) | |
961 len += (int)STRLEN(newcmd); | |
962 if (ins_prevcmd) | |
963 { | |
964 if (prevcmd == NULL) | |
965 { | |
966 EMSG(_(e_noprev)); | |
967 vim_free(newcmd); | |
968 return; | |
969 } | |
970 len += (int)STRLEN(prevcmd); | |
971 } | |
1872 | 972 if ((t = alloc((unsigned)len)) == NULL) |
7 | 973 { |
974 vim_free(newcmd); | |
975 return; | |
976 } | |
977 *t = NUL; | |
978 if (newcmd != NULL) | |
979 STRCAT(t, newcmd); | |
980 if (ins_prevcmd) | |
981 STRCAT(t, prevcmd); | |
982 p = t + STRLEN(t); | |
983 STRCAT(t, trailarg); | |
984 vim_free(newcmd); | |
985 newcmd = t; | |
986 | |
987 /* | |
988 * Scan the rest of the argument for '!', which is replaced by the | |
989 * previous command. "\!" is replaced by "!" (this is vi compatible). | |
990 */ | |
991 trailarg = NULL; | |
992 while (*p) | |
993 { | |
2823 | 994 if (*p == '!') |
7 | 995 { |
996 if (p > newcmd && p[-1] == '\\') | |
1624 | 997 STRMOVE(p - 1, p); |
7 | 998 else |
999 { | |
1000 trailarg = p; | |
1001 *trailarg++ = NUL; | |
1002 ins_prevcmd = TRUE; | |
1003 break; | |
1004 } | |
1005 } | |
1006 ++p; | |
1007 } | |
1008 } while (trailarg != NULL); | |
1009 | |
1010 vim_free(prevcmd); | |
1011 prevcmd = newcmd; | |
1012 | |
1013 if (bangredo) /* put cmd in redo buffer for ! command */ | |
1014 { | |
5728 | 1015 /* If % or # appears in the command, it must have been escaped. |
1016 * Reescape them, so that redoing them does not substitute them by the | |
1017 * buffername. */ | |
1018 char_u *cmd = vim_strsave_escaped(prevcmd, (char_u *)"%#"); | |
1019 | |
1020 if (cmd != NULL) | |
1021 { | |
1022 AppendToRedobuffLit(cmd, -1); | |
1023 vim_free(cmd); | |
1024 } | |
1025 else | |
1026 AppendToRedobuffLit(prevcmd, -1); | |
7 | 1027 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\n"); |
1028 bangredo = FALSE; | |
1029 } | |
1030 /* | |
1031 * Add quotes around the command, for shells that need them. | |
1032 */ | |
1033 if (*p_shq != NUL) | |
1034 { | |
1035 newcmd = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(prevcmd) + 2 * STRLEN(p_shq) + 1)); | |
1036 if (newcmd == NULL) | |
1037 return; | |
1038 STRCPY(newcmd, p_shq); | |
1039 STRCAT(newcmd, prevcmd); | |
1040 STRCAT(newcmd, p_shq); | |
1041 free_newcmd = TRUE; | |
1042 } | |
1043 if (addr_count == 0) /* :! */ | |
1044 { | |
1045 /* echo the command */ | |
1046 msg_start(); | |
1047 msg_putchar(':'); | |
1048 msg_putchar('!'); | |
1049 msg_outtrans(newcmd); | |
1050 msg_clr_eos(); | |
1051 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); | |
1052 | |
1053 do_shell(newcmd, 0); | |
1054 } | |
1055 else /* :range! */ | |
725 | 1056 { |
7 | 1057 /* Careful: This may recursively call do_bang() again! (because of |
1058 * autocommands) */ | |
1059 do_filter(line1, line2, eap, newcmd, do_in, do_out); | |
725 | 1060 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1061 apply_autocmds(EVENT_SHELLFILTERPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
1062 #endif | |
1063 } | |
7 | 1064 if (free_newcmd) |
1065 vim_free(newcmd); | |
1066 } | |
1067 | |
1068 /* | |
1069 * do_filter: filter lines through a command given by the user | |
1070 * | |
169 | 1071 * We mostly use temp files and the call_shell() routine here. This would |
1072 * normally be done using pipes on a UNIX machine, but this is more portable | |
1073 * to non-unix machines. The call_shell() routine needs to be able | |
7 | 1074 * to deal with redirection somehow, and should handle things like looking |
1075 * at the PATH env. variable, and adding reasonable extensions to the | |
1076 * command name given by the user. All reasonable versions of call_shell() | |
1077 * do this. | |
169 | 1078 * Alternatively, if on Unix and redirecting input or output, but not both, |
1079 * and the 'shelltemp' option isn't set, use pipes. | |
7 | 1080 * We use input redirection if do_in is TRUE. |
1081 * We use output redirection if do_out is TRUE. | |
1082 */ | |
1083 static void | |
1084 do_filter(line1, line2, eap, cmd, do_in, do_out) | |
1085 linenr_T line1, line2; | |
1086 exarg_T *eap; /* for forced 'ff' and 'fenc' */ | |
1087 char_u *cmd; | |
1088 int do_in, do_out; | |
1089 { | |
1090 char_u *itmp = NULL; | |
1091 char_u *otmp = NULL; | |
1092 linenr_T linecount; | |
1093 linenr_T read_linecount; | |
1094 pos_T cursor_save; | |
1095 char_u *cmd_buf; | |
1096 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1097 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; | |
1098 #endif | |
169 | 1099 int shell_flags = 0; |
7 | 1100 |
1101 if (*cmd == NUL) /* no filter command */ | |
1102 return; | |
1103 | |
1104 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
1105 /* | |
1106 * Check if external commands are allowed now. | |
1107 */ | |
1108 if (can_end_termcap_mode(TRUE) == FALSE) | |
1109 return; | |
1110 #endif | |
1111 | |
1112 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor; | |
1113 linecount = line2 - line1 + 1; | |
1114 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line1; | |
1115 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
1116 changed_line_abv_curs(); | |
1117 invalidate_botline(); | |
1118 | |
1119 /* | |
169 | 1120 * When using temp files: |
1121 * 1. * Form temp file names | |
1122 * 2. * Write the lines to a temp file | |
1123 * 3. Run the filter command on the temp file | |
1124 * 4. * Read the output of the command into the buffer | |
1125 * 5. * Delete the original lines to be filtered | |
1126 * 6. * Remove the temp files | |
1127 * | |
1128 * When writing the input with a pipe or when catching the output with a | |
1129 * pipe only need to do 3. | |
7 | 1130 */ |
1131 | |
169 | 1132 if (do_out) |
1133 shell_flags |= SHELL_DOOUT; | |
1134 | |
3482 | 1135 #ifdef FEAT_FILTERPIPE |
169 | 1136 if (!do_in && do_out && !p_stmp) |
1137 { | |
1138 /* Use a pipe to fetch stdout of the command, do not use a temp file. */ | |
1139 shell_flags |= SHELL_READ; | |
1140 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line2; | |
1141 } | |
1142 else if (do_in && !do_out && !p_stmp) | |
7 | 1143 { |
169 | 1144 /* Use a pipe to write stdin of the command, do not use a temp file. */ |
1145 shell_flags |= SHELL_WRITE; | |
1146 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line1; | |
1147 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2; | |
7 | 1148 } |
169 | 1149 else if (do_in && do_out && !p_stmp) |
1150 { | |
1151 /* Use a pipe to write stdin and fetch stdout of the command, do not | |
1152 * use a temp file. */ | |
1153 shell_flags |= SHELL_READ|SHELL_WRITE; | |
1154 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line1; | |
1155 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2; | |
1156 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line2; | |
1157 } | |
1158 else | |
1159 #endif | |
1160 if ((do_in && (itmp = vim_tempname('i')) == NULL) | |
1161 || (do_out && (otmp = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)) | |
1162 { | |
1163 EMSG(_(e_notmp)); | |
1164 goto filterend; | |
1165 } | |
7 | 1166 |
1167 /* | |
1168 * The writing and reading of temp files will not be shown. | |
1169 * Vi also doesn't do this and the messages are not very informative. | |
1170 */ | |
1171 ++no_wait_return; /* don't call wait_return() while busy */ | |
169 | 1172 if (itmp != NULL && buf_write(curbuf, itmp, NULL, line1, line2, eap, |
7 | 1173 FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE) == FAIL) |
1174 { | |
1175 msg_putchar('\n'); /* keep message from buf_write() */ | |
1176 --no_wait_return; | |
1177 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
1178 if (!aborting()) | |
1179 #endif | |
1180 (void)EMSG2(_(e_notcreate), itmp); /* will call wait_return */ | |
1181 goto filterend; | |
1182 } | |
1183 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1184 if (curbuf != old_curbuf) | |
1185 goto filterend; | |
1186 #endif | |
1187 | |
1188 if (!do_out) | |
1189 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
1190 | |
1581 | 1191 /* Create the shell command in allocated memory. */ |
7 | 1192 cmd_buf = make_filter_cmd(cmd, itmp, otmp); |
1193 if (cmd_buf == NULL) | |
1194 goto filterend; | |
1195 | |
1196 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0); | |
1197 cursor_on(); | |
1198 | |
1199 /* | |
1200 * When not redirecting the output the command can write anything to the | |
1201 * screen. If 'shellredir' is equal to ">", screen may be messed up by | |
1202 * stderr output of external command. Clear the screen later. | |
1203 * If do_in is FALSE, this could be something like ":r !cat", which may | |
1204 * also mess up the screen, clear it later. | |
1205 */ | |
1206 if (!do_out || STRCMP(p_srr, ">") == 0 || !do_in) | |
1207 redraw_later_clear(); | |
1208 | |
169 | 1209 if (do_out) |
1210 { | |
1211 if (u_save((linenr_T)(line2), (linenr_T)(line2 + 1)) == FAIL) | |
1581 | 1212 { |
1213 vim_free(cmd_buf); | |
169 | 1214 goto error; |
1581 | 1215 } |
169 | 1216 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); |
1217 } | |
1218 read_linecount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
1219 | |
7 | 1220 /* |
1221 * When call_shell() fails wait_return() is called to give the user a | |
1222 * chance to read the error messages. Otherwise errors are ignored, so you | |
1223 * can see the error messages from the command that appear on stdout; use | |
1224 * 'u' to fix the text | |
1225 * Switch to cooked mode when not redirecting stdin, avoids that something | |
1226 * like ":r !cat" hangs. | |
1227 * Pass on the SHELL_DOOUT flag when the output is being redirected. | |
1228 */ | |
169 | 1229 if (call_shell(cmd_buf, SHELL_FILTER | SHELL_COOKED | shell_flags)) |
7 | 1230 { |
1231 redraw_later_clear(); | |
1232 wait_return(FALSE); | |
1233 } | |
1234 vim_free(cmd_buf); | |
1235 | |
1236 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
1237 need_check_timestamps = TRUE; | |
1238 | |
1239 /* When interrupting the shell command, it may still have produced some | |
1240 * useful output. Reset got_int here, so that readfile() won't cancel | |
1241 * reading. */ | |
1242 ui_breakcheck(); | |
1243 got_int = FALSE; | |
1244 | |
1245 if (do_out) | |
1246 { | |
169 | 1247 if (otmp != NULL) |
7 | 1248 { |
169 | 1249 if (readfile(otmp, NULL, line2, (linenr_T)0, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, |
1250 eap, READ_FILTER) == FAIL) | |
1251 { | |
7 | 1252 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_EVAL) |
169 | 1253 if (!aborting()) |
1254 #endif | |
1255 { | |
1256 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
1257 EMSG2(_(e_notread), otmp); | |
1258 } | |
1259 goto error; | |
7 | 1260 } |
169 | 1261 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
1262 if (curbuf != old_curbuf) | |
1263 goto filterend; | |
1264 #endif | |
7 | 1265 } |
169 | 1266 |
1267 read_linecount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - read_linecount; | |
1268 | |
1269 if (shell_flags & SHELL_READ) | |
1270 { | |
1271 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = line2 + 1; | |
1272 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1273 appended_lines_mark(line2, read_linecount); | |
1274 } | |
7 | 1275 |
1276 if (do_in) | |
1277 { | |
1278 if (cmdmod.keepmarks || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REMMARK) == NULL) | |
1279 { | |
1280 if (read_linecount >= linecount) | |
1281 /* move all marks from old lines to new lines */ | |
1282 mark_adjust(line1, line2, linecount, 0L); | |
1283 else | |
1284 { | |
1285 /* move marks from old lines to new lines, delete marks | |
1286 * that are in deleted lines */ | |
1287 mark_adjust(line1, line1 + read_linecount - 1, | |
1288 linecount, 0L); | |
1289 mark_adjust(line1 + read_linecount, line2, MAXLNUM, 0L); | |
1290 } | |
1291 } | |
1292 | |
1293 /* | |
1294 * Put cursor on first filtered line for ":range!cmd". | |
1295 * Adjust '[ and '] (set by buf_write()). | |
1296 */ | |
1297 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = line1; | |
1298 del_lines(linecount, TRUE); | |
1299 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum -= linecount; /* adjust '[ */ | |
1300 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum -= linecount; /* adjust '] */ | |
1301 write_lnum_adjust(-linecount); /* adjust last line | |
1302 for next write */ | |
100 | 1303 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
1304 foldUpdate(curwin, curbuf->b_op_start.lnum, curbuf->b_op_end.lnum); | |
1305 #endif | |
7 | 1306 } |
1307 else | |
1308 { | |
1309 /* | |
1310 * Put cursor on last new line for ":r !cmd". | |
1311 */ | |
169 | 1312 linecount = curbuf->b_op_end.lnum - curbuf->b_op_start.lnum + 1; |
7 | 1313 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_op_end.lnum; |
1314 } | |
100 | 1315 |
7 | 1316 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); /* cursor on first non-blank */ |
1317 --no_wait_return; | |
1318 | |
1319 if (linecount > p_report) | |
1320 { | |
1321 if (do_in) | |
1322 { | |
274 | 1323 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), |
1324 _("%ld lines filtered"), (long)linecount); | |
7 | 1325 if (msg(msg_buf) && !msg_scroll) |
1326 /* save message to display it after redraw */ | |
680 | 1327 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); |
7 | 1328 } |
1329 else | |
1330 msgmore((long)linecount); | |
1331 } | |
1332 } | |
1333 else | |
1334 { | |
1335 error: | |
1336 /* put cursor back in same position for ":w !cmd" */ | |
1337 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save; | |
1338 --no_wait_return; | |
1339 wait_return(FALSE); | |
1340 } | |
1341 | |
1342 filterend: | |
1343 | |
1344 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1345 if (curbuf != old_curbuf) | |
1346 { | |
1347 --no_wait_return; | |
1348 EMSG(_("E135: *Filter* Autocommands must not change current buffer")); | |
1349 } | |
1350 #endif | |
1351 if (itmp != NULL) | |
1352 mch_remove(itmp); | |
1353 if (otmp != NULL) | |
1354 mch_remove(otmp); | |
1355 vim_free(itmp); | |
1356 vim_free(otmp); | |
1357 } | |
1358 | |
1359 /* | |
1360 * Call a shell to execute a command. | |
1361 * When "cmd" is NULL start an interactive shell. | |
1362 */ | |
1363 void | |
1364 do_shell(cmd, flags) | |
1365 char_u *cmd; | |
1366 int flags; /* may be SHELL_DOOUT when output is redirected */ | |
1367 { | |
1368 buf_T *buf; | |
1369 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN | |
1370 int save_nwr; | |
1371 #endif | |
1372 #ifdef MSWIN | |
1373 int winstart = FALSE; | |
1374 #endif | |
1375 | |
1376 /* | |
1377 * Disallow shell commands for "rvim". | |
1378 * Disallow shell commands from .exrc and .vimrc in current directory for | |
1379 * security reasons. | |
1380 */ | |
1381 if (check_restricted() || check_secure()) | |
1382 { | |
1383 msg_end(); | |
1384 return; | |
1385 } | |
1386 | |
1387 #ifdef MSWIN | |
1388 /* | |
1389 * Check if external commands are allowed now. | |
1390 */ | |
1391 if (can_end_termcap_mode(TRUE) == FALSE) | |
1392 return; | |
1393 | |
1394 /* | |
1395 * Check if ":!start" is used. | |
1396 */ | |
1397 if (cmd != NULL) | |
1398 winstart = (STRNICMP(cmd, "start ", 6) == 0); | |
1399 #endif | |
1400 | |
1401 /* | |
1402 * For autocommands we want to get the output on the current screen, to | |
1403 * avoid having to type return below. | |
1404 */ | |
1405 msg_putchar('\r'); /* put cursor at start of line */ | |
1406 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1407 if (!autocmd_busy) | |
1408 #endif | |
1409 { | |
1410 #ifdef MSWIN | |
1411 if (!winstart) | |
1412 #endif | |
1413 stoptermcap(); | |
1414 } | |
1415 #ifdef MSWIN | |
1416 if (!winstart) | |
1417 #endif | |
1418 msg_putchar('\n'); /* may shift screen one line up */ | |
1419 | |
1420 /* warning message before calling the shell */ | |
1421 if (p_warn | |
1422 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1423 && !autocmd_busy | |
1424 #endif | |
1425 && msg_silent == 0) | |
1426 for (buf = firstbuf; buf; buf = buf->b_next) | |
1427 if (bufIsChanged(buf)) | |
1428 { | |
1429 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN | |
1430 if (!winstart) | |
1431 starttermcap(); /* don't want a message box here */ | |
1432 #endif | |
1433 MSG_PUTS(_("[No write since last change]\n")); | |
1434 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN | |
1435 if (!winstart) | |
1436 stoptermcap(); | |
1437 #endif | |
1438 break; | |
1439 } | |
1440 | |
1441 /* This windgoto is required for when the '\n' resulted in a "delete line | |
1442 * 1" command to the terminal. */ | |
1443 if (!swapping_screen()) | |
1444 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); | |
1445 cursor_on(); | |
1446 (void)call_shell(cmd, SHELL_COOKED | flags); | |
1447 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; | |
1448 need_check_timestamps = TRUE; | |
1449 | |
1450 /* | |
1451 * put the message cursor at the end of the screen, avoids wait_return() | |
1452 * to overwrite the text that the external command showed | |
1453 */ | |
1454 if (!swapping_screen()) | |
1455 { | |
1456 msg_row = Rows - 1; | |
1457 msg_col = 0; | |
1458 } | |
1459 | |
1460 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1461 if (autocmd_busy) | |
1462 { | |
1463 if (msg_silent == 0) | |
1464 redraw_later_clear(); | |
1465 } | |
1466 else | |
1467 #endif | |
1468 { | |
1469 /* | |
1470 * For ":sh" there is no need to call wait_return(), just redraw. | |
1471 * Also for the Win32 GUI (the output is in a console window). | |
1472 * Otherwise there is probably text on the screen that the user wants | |
1473 * to read before redrawing, so call wait_return(). | |
1474 */ | |
1475 #ifndef FEAT_GUI_MSWIN | |
1476 if (cmd == NULL | |
1477 # ifdef WIN3264 | |
1478 || (winstart && !need_wait_return) | |
1479 # endif | |
1480 ) | |
1481 { | |
1482 if (msg_silent == 0) | |
1483 redraw_later_clear(); | |
1484 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
1485 } | |
1486 else | |
1487 { | |
1488 /* | |
1489 * If we switch screens when starttermcap() is called, we really | |
1490 * want to wait for "hit return to continue". | |
1491 */ | |
1492 save_nwr = no_wait_return; | |
1493 if (swapping_screen()) | |
1494 no_wait_return = FALSE; | |
1495 # ifdef AMIGA | |
1496 wait_return(term_console ? -1 : msg_silent == 0); /* see below */ | |
1497 # else | |
1498 wait_return(msg_silent == 0); | |
1499 # endif | |
1500 no_wait_return = save_nwr; | |
1501 } | |
1502 #endif /* FEAT_GUI_W32 */ | |
1503 | |
1504 #ifdef MSWIN | |
1505 if (!winstart) /* if winstart==TRUE, never stopped termcap! */ | |
1506 #endif | |
1507 starttermcap(); /* start termcap if not done by wait_return() */ | |
1508 | |
1509 /* | |
1510 * In an Amiga window redrawing is caused by asking the window size. | |
1511 * If we got an interrupt this will not work. The chance that the | |
1512 * window size is wrong is very small, but we need to redraw the | |
1513 * screen. Don't do this if ':' hit in wait_return(). THIS IS UGLY | |
1514 * but it saves an extra redraw. | |
1515 */ | |
1516 #ifdef AMIGA | |
1517 if (skip_redraw) /* ':' hit in wait_return() */ | |
1518 { | |
1519 if (msg_silent == 0) | |
1520 redraw_later_clear(); | |
1521 } | |
1522 else if (term_console) | |
1523 { | |
1524 OUT_STR(IF_EB("\033[0 q", ESC_STR "[0 q")); /* get window size */ | |
1525 if (got_int && msg_silent == 0) | |
1526 redraw_later_clear(); /* if got_int is TRUE, redraw needed */ | |
1527 else | |
1528 must_redraw = 0; /* no extra redraw needed */ | |
1529 } | |
1530 #endif | |
1531 } | |
1532 | |
1533 /* display any error messages now */ | |
1534 display_errors(); | |
725 | 1535 |
1536 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
1537 apply_autocmds(EVENT_SHELLCMDPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
1538 #endif | |
7 | 1539 } |
1540 | |
1541 /* | |
1542 * Create a shell command from a command string, input redirection file and | |
1543 * output redirection file. | |
1544 * Returns an allocated string with the shell command, or NULL for failure. | |
1545 */ | |
1546 char_u * | |
1547 make_filter_cmd(cmd, itmp, otmp) | |
1548 char_u *cmd; /* command */ | |
1549 char_u *itmp; /* NULL or name of input file */ | |
1550 char_u *otmp; /* NULL or name of output file */ | |
1551 { | |
1552 char_u *buf; | |
1553 long_u len; | |
5867 | 1554 |
1555 #if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(ARCHIE)) || defined(OS2) | |
5881 | 1556 int is_fish_shell; |
5911 | 1557 char_u *shell_name = get_isolated_shell_name(); |
5881 | 1558 |
5867 | 1559 /* Account for fish's different syntax for subshells */ |
5911 | 1560 is_fish_shell = (fnamecmp(shell_name, "fish") == 0); |
1561 vim_free(shell_name); | |
5867 | 1562 if (is_fish_shell) |
1563 len = (long_u)STRLEN(cmd) + 13; /* "begin; " + "; end" + NUL */ | |
1564 else | |
1565 #endif | |
1566 len = (long_u)STRLEN(cmd) + 3; /* "()" + NUL */ | |
7 | 1567 if (itmp != NULL) |
1568 len += (long_u)STRLEN(itmp) + 9; /* " { < " + " } " */ | |
1569 if (otmp != NULL) | |
1570 len += (long_u)STRLEN(otmp) + (long_u)STRLEN(p_srr) + 2; /* " " */ | |
1571 buf = lalloc(len, TRUE); | |
1572 if (buf == NULL) | |
1573 return NULL; | |
1574 | |
1575 #if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(ARCHIE)) || defined(OS2) | |
1576 /* | |
169 | 1577 * Put braces around the command (for concatenated commands) when |
1578 * redirecting input and/or output. | |
7 | 1579 */ |
169 | 1580 if (itmp != NULL || otmp != NULL) |
5867 | 1581 { |
1582 if (is_fish_shell) | |
1583 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, "begin; %s; end", (char *)cmd); | |
1584 else | |
1585 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, "(%s)", (char *)cmd); | |
1586 } | |
169 | 1587 else |
1588 STRCPY(buf, cmd); | |
7 | 1589 if (itmp != NULL) |
1590 { | |
1591 STRCAT(buf, " < "); | |
1592 STRCAT(buf, itmp); | |
1593 } | |
1594 #else | |
1595 /* | |
5867 | 1596 * For shells that don't understand braces around commands, at least allow |
7 | 1597 * the use of commands in a pipe. |
1598 */ | |
1599 STRCPY(buf, cmd); | |
1600 if (itmp != NULL) | |
1601 { | |
1602 char_u *p; | |
1603 | |
1604 /* | |
1605 * If there is a pipe, we have to put the '<' in front of it. | |
1606 * Don't do this when 'shellquote' is not empty, otherwise the | |
1607 * redirection would be inside the quotes. | |
1608 */ | |
1609 if (*p_shq == NUL) | |
1610 { | |
1611 p = vim_strchr(buf, '|'); | |
1612 if (p != NULL) | |
1613 *p = NUL; | |
1614 } | |
1615 STRCAT(buf, " <"); /* " < " causes problems on Amiga */ | |
1616 STRCAT(buf, itmp); | |
1617 if (*p_shq == NUL) | |
1618 { | |
1619 p = vim_strchr(cmd, '|'); | |
1620 if (p != NULL) | |
1621 { | |
1622 STRCAT(buf, " "); /* insert a space before the '|' for DOS */ | |
1623 STRCAT(buf, p); | |
1624 } | |
1625 } | |
1626 } | |
1627 #endif | |
1628 if (otmp != NULL) | |
1872 | 1629 append_redir(buf, (int)len, p_srr, otmp); |
7 | 1630 |
1631 return buf; | |
1632 } | |
1633 | |
1634 /* | |
1872 | 1635 * Append output redirection for file "fname" to the end of string buffer |
1636 * "buf[buflen]" | |
7 | 1637 * Works with the 'shellredir' and 'shellpipe' options. |
1638 * The caller should make sure that there is enough room: | |
1639 * STRLEN(opt) + STRLEN(fname) + 3 | |
1640 */ | |
1641 void | |
1872 | 1642 append_redir(buf, buflen, opt, fname) |
7 | 1643 char_u *buf; |
1872 | 1644 int buflen; |
7 | 1645 char_u *opt; |
1646 char_u *fname; | |
1647 { | |
1648 char_u *p; | |
1872 | 1649 char_u *end; |
1650 | |
1651 end = buf + STRLEN(buf); | |
5257
e63e4b4be923
updated for version 7.4b.005
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5242
diff
changeset
|
1652 /* find "%s" */ |
7 | 1653 for (p = opt; (p = vim_strchr(p, '%')) != NULL; ++p) |
5257
e63e4b4be923
updated for version 7.4b.005
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5242
diff
changeset
|
1654 { |
e63e4b4be923
updated for version 7.4b.005
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5242
diff
changeset
|
1655 if (p[1] == 's') /* found %s */ |
7 | 1656 break; |
5257
e63e4b4be923
updated for version 7.4b.005
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5242
diff
changeset
|
1657 if (p[1] == '%') /* skip %% */ |
e63e4b4be923
updated for version 7.4b.005
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5242
diff
changeset
|
1658 ++p; |
e63e4b4be923
updated for version 7.4b.005
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5242
diff
changeset
|
1659 } |
7 | 1660 if (p != NULL) |
1661 { | |
1872 | 1662 *end = ' '; /* not really needed? Not with sh, ksh or bash */ |
1663 vim_snprintf((char *)end + 1, (size_t)(buflen - (end + 1 - buf)), | |
1664 (char *)opt, (char *)fname); | |
7 | 1665 } |
1666 else | |
1872 | 1667 vim_snprintf((char *)end, (size_t)(buflen - (end - buf)), |
7 | 1668 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX |
1669 " %s %s", | |
1670 #else | |
1671 " %s%s", /* " > %s" causes problems on Amiga */ | |
1672 #endif | |
1673 (char *)opt, (char *)fname); | |
1674 } | |
1675 | |
1676 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO | |
1677 | |
1678 static int no_viminfo __ARGS((void)); | |
1679 static int viminfo_errcnt; | |
1680 | |
1681 static int | |
1682 no_viminfo() | |
1683 { | |
1684 /* "vim -i NONE" does not read or write a viminfo file */ | |
1685 return (use_viminfo != NULL && STRCMP(use_viminfo, "NONE") == 0); | |
1686 } | |
1687 | |
1688 /* | |
1689 * Report an error for reading a viminfo file. | |
1690 * Count the number of errors. When there are more than 10, return TRUE. | |
1691 */ | |
1692 int | |
1693 viminfo_error(errnum, message, line) | |
1694 char *errnum; | |
1695 char *message; | |
1696 char_u *line; | |
1697 { | |
274 | 1698 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("%sviminfo: %s in line: "), |
1699 errnum, message); | |
1459 | 1700 STRNCAT(IObuff, line, IOSIZE - STRLEN(IObuff) - 1); |
156 | 1701 if (IObuff[STRLEN(IObuff) - 1] == '\n') |
1702 IObuff[STRLEN(IObuff) - 1] = NUL; | |
7 | 1703 emsg(IObuff); |
1704 if (++viminfo_errcnt >= 10) | |
1705 { | |
1706 EMSG(_("E136: viminfo: Too many errors, skipping rest of file")); | |
1707 return TRUE; | |
1708 } | |
1709 return FALSE; | |
1710 } | |
1711 | |
1712 /* | |
1713 * read_viminfo() -- Read the viminfo file. Registers etc. which are already | |
1733 | 1714 * set are not over-written unless "flags" includes VIF_FORCEIT. -- webb |
7 | 1715 */ |
1716 int | |
1733 | 1717 read_viminfo(file, flags) |
1718 char_u *file; /* file name or NULL to use default name */ | |
1719 int flags; /* VIF_WANT_INFO et al. */ | |
7 | 1720 { |
1721 FILE *fp; | |
1722 char_u *fname; | |
1723 | |
1724 if (no_viminfo()) | |
1725 return FAIL; | |
1726 | |
1733 | 1727 fname = viminfo_filename(file); /* get file name in allocated buffer */ |
7 | 1728 if (fname == NULL) |
1729 return FAIL; | |
1730 fp = mch_fopen((char *)fname, READBIN); | |
1731 | |
1732 if (p_verbose > 0) | |
294 | 1733 { |
1734 verbose_enter(); | |
274 | 1735 smsg((char_u *)_("Reading viminfo file \"%s\"%s%s%s"), |
1736 fname, | |
1733 | 1737 (flags & VIF_WANT_INFO) ? _(" info") : "", |
1738 (flags & VIF_WANT_MARKS) ? _(" marks") : "", | |
1739 (flags & VIF_GET_OLDFILES) ? _(" oldfiles") : "", | |
274 | 1740 fp == NULL ? _(" FAILED") : ""); |
294 | 1741 verbose_leave(); |
1742 } | |
7 | 1743 |
1744 vim_free(fname); | |
1745 if (fp == NULL) | |
1746 return FAIL; | |
1747 | |
1748 viminfo_errcnt = 0; | |
1733 | 1749 do_viminfo(fp, NULL, flags); |
7 | 1750 |
1751 fclose(fp); | |
1752 return OK; | |
1753 } | |
1754 | |
1755 /* | |
4903
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1756 * Write the viminfo file. The old one is read in first so that effectively a |
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1757 * merge of current info and old info is done. This allows multiple vims to |
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1758 * run simultaneously, without losing any marks etc. |
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1759 * If "forceit" is TRUE, then the old file is not read in, and only internal |
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
1760 * info is written to the file. |
7 | 1761 */ |
1762 void | |
1763 write_viminfo(file, forceit) | |
1764 char_u *file; | |
1765 int forceit; | |
1766 { | |
1767 char_u *fname; | |
1768 FILE *fp_in = NULL; /* input viminfo file, if any */ | |
1769 FILE *fp_out = NULL; /* output viminfo file */ | |
1770 char_u *tempname = NULL; /* name of temp viminfo file */ | |
1771 struct stat st_new; /* mch_stat() of potential new file */ | |
1772 char_u *wp; | |
1773 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
1774 mode_t umask_save; | |
1775 #endif | |
1776 #ifdef UNIX | |
1777 int shortname = FALSE; /* use 8.3 file name */ | |
1778 struct stat st_old; /* mch_stat() of existing viminfo file */ | |
1779 #endif | |
601 | 1780 #ifdef WIN3264 |
1781 long perm = -1; | |
1782 #endif | |
7 | 1783 |
1784 if (no_viminfo()) | |
1785 return; | |
1786 | |
1787 fname = viminfo_filename(file); /* may set to default if NULL */ | |
1788 if (fname == NULL) | |
1789 return; | |
1790 | |
1791 fp_in = mch_fopen((char *)fname, READBIN); | |
1792 if (fp_in == NULL) | |
1793 { | |
1794 /* if it does exist, but we can't read it, don't try writing */ | |
1795 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st_new) == 0) | |
1796 goto end; | |
1797 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
1798 /* | |
1799 * For Unix we create the .viminfo non-accessible for others, | |
1800 * because it may contain text from non-accessible documents. | |
1801 */ | |
1802 umask_save = umask(077); | |
1803 #endif | |
1804 fp_out = mch_fopen((char *)fname, WRITEBIN); | |
1805 #if defined(UNIX) || defined(VMS) | |
1806 (void)umask(umask_save); | |
1807 #endif | |
1808 } | |
1809 else | |
1810 { | |
1811 /* | |
1812 * There is an existing viminfo file. Create a temporary file to | |
1813 * write the new viminfo into, in the same directory as the | |
1814 * existing viminfo file, which will be renamed later. | |
1815 */ | |
1816 #ifdef UNIX | |
1817 /* | |
1818 * For Unix we check the owner of the file. It's not very nice to | |
1819 * overwrite a user's viminfo file after a "su root", with a | |
1820 * viminfo file that the user can't read. | |
1821 */ | |
1869 | 1822 st_old.st_dev = (dev_t)0; |
1438 | 1823 st_old.st_ino = 0; |
7 | 1824 st_old.st_mode = 0600; |
1076 | 1825 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st_old) == 0 |
1826 && getuid() != ROOT_UID | |
560 | 1827 && !(st_old.st_uid == getuid() |
7 | 1828 ? (st_old.st_mode & 0200) |
1829 : (st_old.st_gid == getgid() | |
1830 ? (st_old.st_mode & 0020) | |
1831 : (st_old.st_mode & 0002)))) | |
1832 { | |
944 | 1833 int tt = msg_didany; |
7 | 1834 |
1835 /* avoid a wait_return for this message, it's annoying */ | |
1836 EMSG2(_("E137: Viminfo file is not writable: %s"), fname); | |
1837 msg_didany = tt; | |
840 | 1838 fclose(fp_in); |
7 | 1839 goto end; |
1840 } | |
1841 #endif | |
601 | 1842 #ifdef WIN3264 |
1843 /* Get the file attributes of the existing viminfo file. */ | |
1844 perm = mch_getperm(fname); | |
1845 #endif | |
7 | 1846 |
1847 /* | |
1848 * Make tempname. | |
1849 * May try twice: Once normal and once with shortname set, just in | |
1850 * case somebody puts his viminfo file in an 8.3 filesystem. | |
1851 */ | |
1852 for (;;) | |
1853 { | |
1854 tempname = buf_modname( | |
1855 #ifdef UNIX | |
1856 shortname, | |
1857 #else | |
1858 # ifdef SHORT_FNAME | |
1859 TRUE, | |
1860 # else | |
1861 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 | |
1862 gui_is_win32s(), | |
1863 # else | |
1864 FALSE, | |
1865 # endif | |
1866 # endif | |
1867 #endif | |
1868 fname, | |
1869 #ifdef VMS | |
1870 (char_u *)"-tmp", | |
1871 #else | |
1872 (char_u *)".tmp", | |
1873 #endif | |
1874 FALSE); | |
1875 if (tempname == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
1876 break; | |
1877 | |
1878 /* | |
1879 * Check if tempfile already exists. Never overwrite an | |
1880 * existing file! | |
1881 */ | |
1882 if (mch_stat((char *)tempname, &st_new) == 0) | |
1883 { | |
1884 #ifdef UNIX | |
1885 /* | |
1886 * Check if tempfile is same as original file. May happen | |
1887 * when modname() gave the same file back. E.g. silly | |
1888 * link, or file name-length reached. Try again with | |
1889 * shortname set. | |
1890 */ | |
560 | 1891 if (!shortname && st_new.st_dev == st_old.st_dev |
1892 && st_new.st_ino == st_old.st_ino) | |
7 | 1893 { |
1894 vim_free(tempname); | |
1895 tempname = NULL; | |
1896 shortname = TRUE; | |
1897 continue; | |
1898 } | |
1899 #endif | |
1900 /* | |
1901 * Try another name. Change one character, just before | |
1902 * the extension. This should also work for an 8.3 | |
1903 * file name, when after adding the extension it still is | |
1904 * the same file as the original. | |
1905 */ | |
1906 wp = tempname + STRLEN(tempname) - 5; | |
1907 if (wp < gettail(tempname)) /* empty file name? */ | |
1908 wp = gettail(tempname); | |
1909 for (*wp = 'z'; mch_stat((char *)tempname, &st_new) == 0; | |
1910 --*wp) | |
1911 { | |
1912 /* | |
1913 * They all exist? Must be something wrong! Don't | |
1914 * write the viminfo file then. | |
1915 */ | |
1916 if (*wp == 'a') | |
1917 { | |
1918 vim_free(tempname); | |
1919 tempname = NULL; | |
1920 break; | |
1921 } | |
1922 } | |
1923 } | |
1924 break; | |
1925 } | |
1926 | |
1927 if (tempname != NULL) | |
1928 { | |
762 | 1929 #ifdef VMS |
1930 /* fdopen() fails for some reason */ | |
770 | 1931 umask_save = umask(077); |
1932 fp_out = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, WRITEBIN); | |
1933 (void)umask(umask_save); | |
762 | 1934 #else |
557 | 1935 int fd; |
1936 | |
1937 /* Use mch_open() to be able to use O_NOFOLLOW and set file | |
601 | 1938 * protection: |
673 | 1939 * Unix: same as original file, but strip s-bit. Reset umask to |
1940 * avoid it getting in the way. | |
601 | 1941 * Others: r&w for user only. */ |
762 | 1942 # ifdef UNIX |
673 | 1943 umask_save = umask(0); |
557 | 1944 fd = mch_open((char *)tempname, |
1945 O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, | |
569 | 1946 (int)((st_old.st_mode & 0777) | 0600)); |
673 | 1947 (void)umask(umask_save); |
762 | 1948 # else |
569 | 1949 fd = mch_open((char *)tempname, |
673 | 1950 O_CREAT|O_EXTRA|O_EXCL|O_WRONLY|O_NOFOLLOW, 0600); |
762 | 1951 # endif |
557 | 1952 if (fd < 0) |
1953 fp_out = NULL; | |
1954 else | |
1955 fp_out = fdopen(fd, WRITEBIN); | |
762 | 1956 #endif /* VMS */ |
7 | 1957 |
1958 /* | |
1959 * If we can't create in the same directory, try creating a | |
1960 * "normal" temp file. | |
1961 */ | |
1962 if (fp_out == NULL) | |
1963 { | |
1964 vim_free(tempname); | |
1965 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) != NULL) | |
1966 fp_out = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, WRITEBIN); | |
1967 } | |
557 | 1968 |
1969 #if defined(UNIX) && defined(HAVE_FCHOWN) | |
7 | 1970 /* |
557 | 1971 * Make sure the owner can read/write it. This only works for |
1972 * root. | |
7 | 1973 */ |
1974 if (fp_out != NULL) | |
1757 | 1975 ignored = fchown(fileno(fp_out), st_old.st_uid, st_old.st_gid); |
7 | 1976 #endif |
1977 } | |
1978 } | |
1979 | |
1980 /* | |
1981 * Check if the new viminfo file can be written to. | |
1982 */ | |
1983 if (fp_out == NULL) | |
1984 { | |
1985 EMSG2(_("E138: Can't write viminfo file %s!"), | |
301 | 1986 (fp_in == NULL || tempname == NULL) ? fname : tempname); |
7 | 1987 if (fp_in != NULL) |
1988 fclose(fp_in); | |
1989 goto end; | |
1990 } | |
1991 | |
1992 if (p_verbose > 0) | |
294 | 1993 { |
1994 verbose_enter(); | |
274 | 1995 smsg((char_u *)_("Writing viminfo file \"%s\""), fname); |
294 | 1996 verbose_leave(); |
1997 } | |
7 | 1998 |
1999 viminfo_errcnt = 0; | |
1733 | 2000 do_viminfo(fp_in, fp_out, forceit ? 0 : (VIF_WANT_INFO | VIF_WANT_MARKS)); |
7 | 2001 |
2002 fclose(fp_out); /* errors are ignored !? */ | |
2003 if (fp_in != NULL) | |
2004 { | |
2005 fclose(fp_in); | |
601 | 2006 |
7 | 2007 /* |
601 | 2008 * In case of an error keep the original viminfo file. |
2009 * Otherwise rename the newly written file. | |
7 | 2010 */ |
2011 if (viminfo_errcnt || vim_rename(tempname, fname) == -1) | |
2012 mch_remove(tempname); | |
601 | 2013 |
2014 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
2015 /* If the viminfo file was hidden then also hide the new file. */ | |
2016 if (perm > 0 && (perm & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_HIDDEN)) | |
2017 mch_hide(fname); | |
2018 #endif | |
2019 } | |
2020 | |
7 | 2021 end: |
2022 vim_free(fname); | |
2023 vim_free(tempname); | |
2024 } | |
2025 | |
2026 /* | |
2027 * Get the viminfo file name to use. | |
2028 * If "file" is given and not empty, use it (has already been expanded by | |
2029 * cmdline functions). | |
2030 * Otherwise use "-i file_name", value from 'viminfo' or the default, and | |
2031 * expand environment variables. | |
2032 * Returns an allocated string. NULL when out of memory. | |
2033 */ | |
2034 static char_u * | |
2035 viminfo_filename(file) | |
2036 char_u *file; | |
2037 { | |
2038 if (file == NULL || *file == NUL) | |
2039 { | |
2040 if (use_viminfo != NULL) | |
2041 file = use_viminfo; | |
2042 else if ((file = find_viminfo_parameter('n')) == NULL || *file == NUL) | |
2043 { | |
2044 #ifdef VIMINFO_FILE2 | |
2045 /* don't use $HOME when not defined (turned into "c:/"!). */ | |
2046 # ifdef VMS | |
2047 if (mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN") == NULL) | |
2048 # else | |
2049 if (mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME") == NULL) | |
2050 # endif | |
2051 { | |
2052 /* don't use $VIM when not available. */ | |
2053 expand_env((char_u *)"$VIM", NameBuff, MAXPATHL); | |
2054 if (STRCMP("$VIM", NameBuff) != 0) /* $VIM was expanded */ | |
2055 file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE2; | |
2056 else | |
2057 file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE; | |
2058 } | |
2059 else | |
2060 #endif | |
2061 file = (char_u *)VIMINFO_FILE; | |
2062 } | |
2063 expand_env(file, NameBuff, MAXPATHL); | |
2064 file = NameBuff; | |
2065 } | |
2066 return vim_strsave(file); | |
2067 } | |
2068 | |
2069 /* | |
2070 * do_viminfo() -- Should only be called from read_viminfo() & write_viminfo(). | |
2071 */ | |
2072 static void | |
1733 | 2073 do_viminfo(fp_in, fp_out, flags) |
7 | 2074 FILE *fp_in; |
2075 FILE *fp_out; | |
1733 | 2076 int flags; |
7 | 2077 { |
2078 int count = 0; | |
2079 int eof = FALSE; | |
2080 vir_T vir; | |
4903
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
2081 int merge = FALSE; |
7 | 2082 |
2083 if ((vir.vir_line = alloc(LSIZE)) == NULL) | |
2084 return; | |
2085 vir.vir_fd = fp_in; | |
2086 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2087 vir.vir_conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE; | |
2088 #endif | |
2089 | |
2090 if (fp_in != NULL) | |
2091 { | |
1733 | 2092 if (flags & VIF_WANT_INFO) |
4903
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
2093 { |
1733 | 2094 eof = read_viminfo_up_to_marks(&vir, |
2095 flags & VIF_FORCEIT, fp_out != NULL); | |
4903
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
2096 merge = TRUE; |
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
2097 } |
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
2098 else if (flags != 0) |
7 | 2099 /* Skip info, find start of marks */ |
2100 while (!(eof = viminfo_readline(&vir)) | |
2101 && vir.vir_line[0] != '>') | |
2102 ; | |
2103 } | |
2104 if (fp_out != NULL) | |
2105 { | |
2106 /* Write the info: */ | |
2107 fprintf(fp_out, _("# This viminfo file was generated by Vim %s.\n"), | |
2108 VIM_VERSION_MEDIUM); | |
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2394
diff
changeset
|
2109 fputs(_("# You may edit it if you're careful!\n\n"), fp_out); |
7 | 2110 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2394
diff
changeset
|
2111 fputs(_("# Value of 'encoding' when this file was written\n"), fp_out); |
7 | 2112 fprintf(fp_out, "*encoding=%s\n\n", p_enc); |
2113 #endif | |
2114 write_viminfo_search_pattern(fp_out); | |
2115 write_viminfo_sub_string(fp_out); | |
2116 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST | |
4903
2fc1f3346bfb
updated for version 7.3.1197
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4805
diff
changeset
|
2117 write_viminfo_history(fp_out, merge); |
7 | 2118 #endif |
2119 write_viminfo_registers(fp_out); | |
2120 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
2121 write_viminfo_varlist(fp_out); | |
2122 #endif | |
2123 write_viminfo_filemarks(fp_out); | |
2124 write_viminfo_bufferlist(fp_out); | |
2125 count = write_viminfo_marks(fp_out); | |
2126 } | |
1733 | 2127 if (fp_in != NULL |
2128 && (flags & (VIF_WANT_MARKS | VIF_GET_OLDFILES | VIF_FORCEIT))) | |
2129 copy_viminfo_marks(&vir, fp_out, count, eof, flags); | |
7 | 2130 |
2131 vim_free(vir.vir_line); | |
2132 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2133 if (vir.vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
2134 convert_setup(&vir.vir_conv, NULL, NULL); | |
2135 #endif | |
2136 } | |
2137 | |
2138 /* | |
2139 * read_viminfo_up_to_marks() -- Only called from do_viminfo(). Reads in the | |
2140 * first part of the viminfo file which contains everything but the marks that | |
2141 * are local to a file. Returns TRUE when end-of-file is reached. -- webb | |
2142 */ | |
2143 static int | |
2144 read_viminfo_up_to_marks(virp, forceit, writing) | |
2145 vir_T *virp; | |
2146 int forceit; | |
2147 int writing; | |
2148 { | |
2149 int eof; | |
2150 buf_T *buf; | |
2151 | |
2152 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST | |
4285 | 2153 prepare_viminfo_history(forceit ? 9999 : 0, writing); |
7 | 2154 #endif |
2155 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); | |
2156 while (!eof && virp->vir_line[0] != '>') | |
2157 { | |
2158 switch (virp->vir_line[0]) | |
2159 { | |
2160 /* Characters reserved for future expansion, ignored now */ | |
2161 case '+': /* "+40 /path/dir file", for running vim without args */ | |
2162 case '|': /* to be defined */ | |
2163 case '^': /* to be defined */ | |
2164 case '<': /* long line - ignored */ | |
2165 /* A comment or empty line. */ | |
2166 case NUL: | |
2167 case '\r': | |
2168 case '\n': | |
2169 case '#': | |
2170 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); | |
2171 break; | |
2172 case '*': /* "*encoding=value" */ | |
2173 eof = viminfo_encoding(virp); | |
2174 break; | |
2175 case '!': /* global variable */ | |
2176 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
2177 eof = read_viminfo_varlist(virp, writing); | |
2178 #else | |
2179 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); | |
2180 #endif | |
2181 break; | |
2182 case '%': /* entry for buffer list */ | |
2183 eof = read_viminfo_bufferlist(virp, writing); | |
2184 break; | |
2185 case '"': | |
2186 eof = read_viminfo_register(virp, forceit); | |
2187 break; | |
2188 case '/': /* Search string */ | |
2189 case '&': /* Substitute search string */ | |
2190 case '~': /* Last search string, followed by '/' or '&' */ | |
2191 eof = read_viminfo_search_pattern(virp, forceit); | |
2192 break; | |
2193 case '$': | |
2194 eof = read_viminfo_sub_string(virp, forceit); | |
2195 break; | |
2196 case ':': | |
2197 case '?': | |
2198 case '=': | |
2199 case '@': | |
2200 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST | |
4285 | 2201 eof = read_viminfo_history(virp, writing); |
7 | 2202 #else |
2203 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); | |
2204 #endif | |
2205 break; | |
2206 case '-': | |
2207 case '\'': | |
2208 eof = read_viminfo_filemark(virp, forceit); | |
2209 break; | |
2210 default: | |
2211 if (viminfo_error("E575: ", _("Illegal starting char"), | |
2212 virp->vir_line)) | |
2213 eof = TRUE; | |
2214 else | |
2215 eof = viminfo_readline(virp); | |
2216 break; | |
2217 } | |
2218 } | |
2219 | |
2220 #ifdef FEAT_CMDHIST | |
2221 /* Finish reading history items. */ | |
4285 | 2222 if (!writing) |
2223 finish_viminfo_history(); | |
7 | 2224 #endif |
2225 | |
2226 /* Change file names to buffer numbers for fmarks. */ | |
2227 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
2228 fmarks_check_names(buf); | |
2229 | |
2230 return eof; | |
2231 } | |
2232 | |
2233 /* | |
2234 * Compare the 'encoding' value in the viminfo file with the current value of | |
2235 * 'encoding'. If different and the 'c' flag is in 'viminfo', setup for | |
2236 * conversion of text with iconv() in viminfo_readstring(). | |
2237 */ | |
2238 static int | |
2239 viminfo_encoding(virp) | |
2240 vir_T *virp; | |
2241 { | |
2242 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2243 char_u *p; | |
2244 int i; | |
2245 | |
2246 if (get_viminfo_parameter('c') != 0) | |
2247 { | |
2248 p = vim_strchr(virp->vir_line, '='); | |
2249 if (p != NULL) | |
2250 { | |
2251 /* remove trailing newline */ | |
2252 ++p; | |
2253 for (i = 0; vim_isprintc(p[i]); ++i) | |
2254 ; | |
2255 p[i] = NUL; | |
2256 | |
2257 convert_setup(&virp->vir_conv, p, p_enc); | |
2258 } | |
2259 } | |
2260 #endif | |
2261 return viminfo_readline(virp); | |
2262 } | |
2263 | |
2264 /* | |
2265 * Read a line from the viminfo file. | |
2266 * Returns TRUE for end-of-file; | |
2267 */ | |
2268 int | |
2269 viminfo_readline(virp) | |
2270 vir_T *virp; | |
2271 { | |
2272 return vim_fgets(virp->vir_line, LSIZE, virp->vir_fd); | |
2273 } | |
2274 | |
2275 /* | |
2276 * check string read from viminfo file | |
2277 * remove '\n' at the end of the line | |
2278 * - replace CTRL-V CTRL-V with CTRL-V | |
2279 * - replace CTRL-V 'n' with '\n' | |
2280 * | |
2281 * Check for a long line as written by viminfo_writestring(). | |
2282 * | |
2283 * Return the string in allocated memory (NULL when out of memory). | |
2284 */ | |
2285 char_u * | |
2286 viminfo_readstring(virp, off, convert) | |
2287 vir_T *virp; | |
2288 int off; /* offset for virp->vir_line */ | |
1883 | 2289 int convert UNUSED; /* convert the string */ |
7 | 2290 { |
2291 char_u *retval; | |
2292 char_u *s, *d; | |
2293 long len; | |
2294 | |
2295 if (virp->vir_line[off] == Ctrl_V && vim_isdigit(virp->vir_line[off + 1])) | |
2296 { | |
2297 len = atol((char *)virp->vir_line + off + 1); | |
2298 retval = lalloc(len, TRUE); | |
2299 if (retval == NULL) | |
2300 { | |
2301 /* Line too long? File messed up? Skip next line. */ | |
2302 (void)vim_fgets(virp->vir_line, 10, virp->vir_fd); | |
2303 return NULL; | |
2304 } | |
2305 (void)vim_fgets(retval, (int)len, virp->vir_fd); | |
2306 s = retval + 1; /* Skip the leading '<' */ | |
2307 } | |
2308 else | |
2309 { | |
2310 retval = vim_strsave(virp->vir_line + off); | |
2311 if (retval == NULL) | |
2312 return NULL; | |
2313 s = retval; | |
2314 } | |
2315 | |
2316 /* Change CTRL-V CTRL-V to CTRL-V and CTRL-V n to \n in-place. */ | |
2317 d = retval; | |
2318 while (*s != NUL && *s != '\n') | |
2319 { | |
2320 if (s[0] == Ctrl_V && s[1] != NUL) | |
2321 { | |
2322 if (s[1] == 'n') | |
2323 *d++ = '\n'; | |
2324 else | |
2325 *d++ = Ctrl_V; | |
2326 s += 2; | |
2327 } | |
2328 else | |
2329 *d++ = *s++; | |
2330 } | |
2331 *d = NUL; | |
2332 | |
2333 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
2334 if (convert && virp->vir_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && *retval != NUL) | |
2335 { | |
2336 d = string_convert(&virp->vir_conv, retval, NULL); | |
2337 if (d != NULL) | |
2338 { | |
2339 vim_free(retval); | |
2340 retval = d; | |
2341 } | |
2342 } | |
2343 #endif | |
2344 | |
2345 return retval; | |
2346 } | |
2347 | |
2348 /* | |
2349 * write string to viminfo file | |
2350 * - replace CTRL-V with CTRL-V CTRL-V | |
2351 * - replace '\n' with CTRL-V 'n' | |
2352 * - add a '\n' at the end | |
2353 * | |
2354 * For a long line: | |
2355 * - write " CTRL-V <length> \n " in first line | |
2356 * - write " < <string> \n " in second line | |
2357 */ | |
2358 void | |
2359 viminfo_writestring(fd, p) | |
2360 FILE *fd; | |
2361 char_u *p; | |
2362 { | |
2363 int c; | |
2364 char_u *s; | |
2365 int len = 0; | |
2366 | |
2367 for (s = p; *s != NUL; ++s) | |
2368 { | |
2369 if (*s == Ctrl_V || *s == '\n') | |
2370 ++len; | |
2371 ++len; | |
2372 } | |
2373 | |
2374 /* If the string will be too long, write its length and put it in the next | |
2375 * line. Take into account that some room is needed for what comes before | |
2376 * the string (e.g., variable name). Add something to the length for the | |
2377 * '<', NL and trailing NUL. */ | |
2378 if (len > LSIZE / 2) | |
2379 fprintf(fd, IF_EB("\026%d\n<", CTRL_V_STR "%d\n<"), len + 3); | |
2380 | |
2381 while ((c = *p++) != NUL) | |
2382 { | |
2383 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == '\n') | |
2384 { | |
2385 putc(Ctrl_V, fd); | |
2386 if (c == '\n') | |
2387 c = 'n'; | |
2388 } | |
2389 putc(c, fd); | |
2390 } | |
2391 putc('\n', fd); | |
2392 } | |
2393 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */ | |
2394 | |
2395 /* | |
2396 * Implementation of ":fixdel", also used by get_stty(). | |
2397 * <BS> resulting <Del> | |
2398 * ^? ^H | |
2399 * not ^? ^? | |
2400 */ | |
2401 void | |
2402 do_fixdel(eap) | |
1876 | 2403 exarg_T *eap UNUSED; |
7 | 2404 { |
2405 char_u *p; | |
2406 | |
2407 p = find_termcode((char_u *)"kb"); | |
2408 add_termcode((char_u *)"kD", p != NULL | |
2409 && *p == DEL ? (char_u *)CTRL_H_STR : DEL_STR, FALSE); | |
2410 } | |
2411 | |
2412 void | |
169 | 2413 print_line_no_prefix(lnum, use_number, list) |
7 | 2414 linenr_T lnum; |
2415 int use_number; | |
169 | 2416 int list; |
7 | 2417 { |
13 | 2418 char_u numbuf[30]; |
7 | 2419 |
2420 if (curwin->w_p_nu || use_number) | |
2421 { | |
1872 | 2422 vim_snprintf((char *)numbuf, sizeof(numbuf), |
2423 "%*ld ", number_width(curwin), (long)lnum); | |
7 | 2424 msg_puts_attr(numbuf, hl_attr(HLF_N)); /* Highlight line nrs */ |
2425 } | |
169 | 2426 msg_prt_line(ml_get(lnum), list); |
7 | 2427 } |
2428 | |
2429 /* | |
2430 * Print a text line. Also in silent mode ("ex -s"). | |
2431 */ | |
2432 void | |
169 | 2433 print_line(lnum, use_number, list) |
7 | 2434 linenr_T lnum; |
2435 int use_number; | |
169 | 2436 int list; |
7 | 2437 { |
2438 int save_silent = silent_mode; | |
2439 | |
169 | 2440 msg_start(); |
7 | 2441 silent_mode = FALSE; |
169 | 2442 info_message = TRUE; /* use mch_msg(), not mch_errmsg() */ |
2443 print_line_no_prefix(lnum, use_number, list); | |
7 | 2444 if (save_silent) |
2445 { | |
2446 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
2447 cursor_on(); /* msg_start() switches it off */ | |
2448 out_flush(); | |
2449 silent_mode = save_silent; | |
1798 | 2450 } |
2451 info_message = FALSE; | |
7 | 2452 } |
2453 | |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2454 int |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2455 rename_buffer(new_fname) |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2456 char_u *new_fname; |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2457 { |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2458 char_u *fname, *sfname, *xfname; |
4613
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2459 buf_T *buf; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2460 |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2461 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
4613
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2462 buf = curbuf; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2463 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2464 /* buffer changed, don't change name now */ |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2465 if (buf != curbuf) |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2466 return FAIL; |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2467 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2468 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2469 return FAIL; |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2470 # endif |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2471 #endif |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2472 /* |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2473 * The name of the current buffer will be changed. |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2474 * A new (unlisted) buffer entry needs to be made to hold the old file |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2475 * name, which will become the alternate file name. |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2476 * But don't set the alternate file name if the buffer didn't have a |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2477 * name. |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2478 */ |
4613
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2479 fname = curbuf->b_ffname; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2480 sfname = curbuf->b_sfname; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2481 xfname = curbuf->b_fname; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2482 curbuf->b_ffname = NULL; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2483 curbuf->b_sfname = NULL; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2484 if (setfname(curbuf, new_fname, NULL, TRUE) == FAIL) |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2485 { |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2486 curbuf->b_ffname = fname; |
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2487 curbuf->b_sfname = sfname; |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2488 return FAIL; |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2489 } |
4613
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2490 curbuf->b_flags |= BF_NOTEDITED; |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2491 if (xfname != NULL && *xfname != NUL) |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2492 { |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2493 buf = buflist_new(fname, xfname, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0); |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2494 if (buf != NULL && !cmdmod.keepalt) |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2495 curwin->w_alt_fnum = buf->b_fnum; |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2496 } |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2497 vim_free(fname); |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2498 vim_free(sfname); |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2499 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
4613
219b2fcad60d
updated for version 7.3.1054
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4589
diff
changeset
|
2500 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2501 #endif |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2502 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2503 DO_AUTOCHDIR |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2504 return OK; |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2505 } |
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2506 |
7 | 2507 /* |
2508 * ":file[!] [fname]". | |
2509 */ | |
2510 void | |
2511 ex_file(eap) | |
2512 exarg_T *eap; | |
2513 { | |
14 | 2514 /* ":0file" removes the file name. Check for illegal uses ":3file", |
2515 * "0file name", etc. */ | |
2516 if (eap->addr_count > 0 | |
2517 && (*eap->arg != NUL | |
2518 || eap->line2 > 0 | |
2519 || eap->addr_count > 1)) | |
2520 { | |
2521 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
2522 return; | |
2523 } | |
2524 | |
2525 if (*eap->arg != NUL || eap->addr_count == 1) | |
7 | 2526 { |
4589
fa39483a1363
updated for version 7.3.1042
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4285
diff
changeset
|
2527 if (rename_buffer(eap->arg) == FAIL) |
7 | 2528 return; |
2529 } | |
2530 /* print full file name if :cd used */ | |
2531 fileinfo(FALSE, FALSE, eap->forceit); | |
2532 } | |
2533 | |
2534 /* | |
2535 * ":update". | |
2536 */ | |
2537 void | |
2538 ex_update(eap) | |
2539 exarg_T *eap; | |
2540 { | |
2541 if (curbufIsChanged()) | |
2542 (void)do_write(eap); | |
2543 } | |
2544 | |
2545 /* | |
2546 * ":write" and ":saveas". | |
2547 */ | |
2548 void | |
2549 ex_write(eap) | |
2550 exarg_T *eap; | |
2551 { | |
2552 if (eap->usefilter) /* input lines to shell command */ | |
2553 do_bang(1, eap, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); | |
2554 else | |
2555 (void)do_write(eap); | |
2556 } | |
2557 | |
2558 /* | |
2559 * write current buffer to file 'eap->arg' | |
2560 * if 'eap->append' is TRUE, append to the file | |
2561 * | |
2562 * if *eap->arg == NUL write to current file | |
2563 * | |
2564 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
2565 */ | |
2566 int | |
2567 do_write(eap) | |
2568 exarg_T *eap; | |
2569 { | |
2570 int other; | |
2571 char_u *fname = NULL; /* init to shut up gcc */ | |
2572 char_u *ffname; | |
2573 int retval = FAIL; | |
2574 char_u *free_fname = NULL; | |
2575 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
2576 char_u *browse_file = NULL; | |
2577 #endif | |
2578 buf_T *alt_buf = NULL; | |
2579 | |
2580 if (not_writing()) /* check 'write' option */ | |
2581 return FAIL; | |
2582 | |
2583 ffname = eap->arg; | |
2584 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
2585 if (cmdmod.browse) | |
2586 { | |
29 | 2587 browse_file = do_browse(BROWSE_SAVE, (char_u *)_("Save As"), ffname, |
7 | 2588 NULL, NULL, NULL, curbuf); |
2589 if (browse_file == NULL) | |
2590 goto theend; | |
2591 ffname = browse_file; | |
2592 } | |
2593 #endif | |
2594 if (*ffname == NUL) | |
2595 { | |
2596 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas) | |
2597 { | |
2598 EMSG(_(e_argreq)); | |
2599 goto theend; | |
2600 } | |
2601 other = FALSE; | |
2602 } | |
2603 else | |
2604 { | |
2605 fname = ffname; | |
2606 free_fname = fix_fname(ffname); | |
2607 /* | |
2608 * When out-of-memory, keep unexpanded file name, because we MUST be | |
2609 * able to write the file in this situation. | |
2610 */ | |
2611 if (free_fname != NULL) | |
2612 ffname = free_fname; | |
2613 other = otherfile(ffname); | |
2614 } | |
2615 | |
2616 /* | |
2617 * If we have a new file, put its name in the list of alternate file names. | |
2618 */ | |
2619 if (other) | |
2620 { | |
2621 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_ALTWRITE) != NULL | |
2622 || eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas) | |
2623 alt_buf = setaltfname(ffname, fname, (linenr_T)1); | |
2624 else | |
2625 alt_buf = buflist_findname(ffname); | |
2626 if (alt_buf != NULL && alt_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) | |
2627 { | |
2628 /* Overwriting a file that is loaded in another buffer is not a | |
2629 * good idea. */ | |
315 | 2630 EMSG(_(e_bufloaded)); |
7 | 2631 goto theend; |
2632 } | |
2633 } | |
2634 | |
2635 /* | |
2636 * Writing to the current file is not allowed in readonly mode | |
2637 * and a file name is required. | |
2638 * "nofile" and "nowrite" buffers cannot be written implicitly either. | |
2639 */ | |
2640 if (!other && ( | |
2641 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
2642 bt_dontwrite_msg(curbuf) || | |
2643 #endif | |
2644 check_fname() == FAIL || check_readonly(&eap->forceit, curbuf))) | |
2645 goto theend; | |
2646 | |
2647 if (!other) | |
2648 { | |
2649 ffname = curbuf->b_ffname; | |
2650 fname = curbuf->b_fname; | |
2651 /* | |
2652 * Not writing the whole file is only allowed with '!'. | |
2653 */ | |
2654 if ( (eap->line1 != 1 | |
2655 || eap->line2 != curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
2656 && !eap->forceit | |
2657 && !eap->append | |
2658 && !p_wa) | |
2659 { | |
2660 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) | |
2661 if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) | |
2662 { | |
2663 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, | |
2664 (char_u *)_("Write partial file?"), 2) != VIM_YES) | |
2665 goto theend; | |
2666 eap->forceit = TRUE; | |
2667 } | |
2668 else | |
2669 #endif | |
2670 { | |
2671 EMSG(_("E140: Use ! to write partial buffer")); | |
2672 goto theend; | |
2673 } | |
2674 } | |
2675 } | |
2676 | |
2677 if (check_overwrite(eap, curbuf, fname, ffname, other) == OK) | |
2678 { | |
2679 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas && alt_buf != NULL) | |
2680 { | |
2681 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
2682 buf_T *was_curbuf = curbuf; | |
2683 | |
2684 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
21 | 2685 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPRE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf); |
7 | 2686 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
2687 if (curbuf != was_curbuf || aborting()) | |
2688 # else | |
2689 if (curbuf != was_curbuf) | |
2690 # endif | |
2691 { | |
2692 /* buffer changed, don't change name now */ | |
2693 retval = FAIL; | |
2694 goto theend; | |
2695 } | |
2696 #endif | |
2697 /* Exchange the file names for the current and the alternate | |
2698 * buffer. This makes it look like we are now editing the buffer | |
2699 * under the new name. Must be done before buf_write(), because | |
2700 * if there is no file name and 'cpo' contains 'F', it will set | |
2701 * the file name. */ | |
2702 fname = alt_buf->b_fname; | |
2703 alt_buf->b_fname = curbuf->b_fname; | |
2704 curbuf->b_fname = fname; | |
2705 fname = alt_buf->b_ffname; | |
2706 alt_buf->b_ffname = curbuf->b_ffname; | |
2707 curbuf->b_ffname = fname; | |
2708 fname = alt_buf->b_sfname; | |
2709 alt_buf->b_sfname = curbuf->b_sfname; | |
2710 curbuf->b_sfname = fname; | |
2711 buf_name_changed(curbuf); | |
2712 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
2713 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
21 | 2714 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFFILEPOST, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf); |
7 | 2715 if (!alt_buf->b_p_bl) |
2716 { | |
2717 alt_buf->b_p_bl = TRUE; | |
2718 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFADD, NULL, NULL, FALSE, alt_buf); | |
2719 } | |
2720 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
2721 if (curbuf != was_curbuf || aborting()) | |
2722 # else | |
2723 if (curbuf != was_curbuf) | |
2724 # endif | |
2725 { | |
2726 /* buffer changed, don't write the file */ | |
2727 retval = FAIL; | |
2728 goto theend; | |
2729 } | |
634 | 2730 |
2731 /* If 'filetype' was empty try detecting it now. */ | |
2732 if (*curbuf->b_p_ft == NUL) | |
2733 { | |
819 | 2734 if (au_has_group((char_u *)"filetypedetect")) |
2735 (void)do_doautocmd((char_u *)"filetypedetect BufRead", | |
2736 TRUE); | |
717 | 2737 do_modelines(0); |
634 | 2738 } |
2648 | 2739 |
2740 /* Autocommands may have changed buffer names, esp. when | |
2741 * 'autochdir' is set. */ | |
2742 fname = curbuf->b_sfname; | |
7 | 2743 #endif |
2744 } | |
2745 | |
2746 retval = buf_write(curbuf, ffname, fname, eap->line1, eap->line2, | |
2747 eap, eap->append, eap->forceit, TRUE, FALSE); | |
634 | 2748 |
819 | 2749 /* After ":saveas fname" reset 'readonly'. */ |
961 | 2750 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_saveas) |
2751 { | |
2752 if (retval == OK) | |
1806 | 2753 { |
961 | 2754 curbuf->b_p_ro = FALSE; |
1806 | 2755 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
2756 redraw_tabline = TRUE; | |
2757 #endif | |
2758 } | |
961 | 2759 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ |
2760 DO_AUTOCHDIR | |
2761 } | |
7 | 2762 } |
2763 | |
2764 theend: | |
2765 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
2766 vim_free(browse_file); | |
2767 #endif | |
2768 vim_free(free_fname); | |
2769 return retval; | |
2770 } | |
2771 | |
2772 /* | |
2773 * Check if it is allowed to overwrite a file. If b_flags has BF_NOTEDITED, | |
2774 * BF_NEW or BF_READERR, check for overwriting current file. | |
2775 * May set eap->forceit if a dialog says it's OK to overwrite. | |
2776 * Return OK if it's OK, FAIL if it is not. | |
2777 */ | |
3486 | 2778 int |
7 | 2779 check_overwrite(eap, buf, fname, ffname, other) |
2780 exarg_T *eap; | |
2781 buf_T *buf; | |
2782 char_u *fname; /* file name to be used (can differ from | |
2783 buf->ffname) */ | |
2784 char_u *ffname; /* full path version of fname */ | |
2785 int other; /* writing under other name */ | |
2786 { | |
2787 /* | |
2788 * write to other file or b_flags set or not writing the whole file: | |
2789 * overwriting only allowed with '!' | |
2790 */ | |
2791 if ( (other | |
2792 || (buf->b_flags & BF_NOTEDITED) | |
2793 || ((buf->b_flags & BF_NEW) | |
2794 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_OVERNEW) == NULL) | |
2795 || (buf->b_flags & BF_READERR)) | |
2796 && !p_wa | |
1457 | 2797 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX |
2798 && !bt_nofile(buf) | |
2799 #endif | |
7 | 2800 && vim_fexists(ffname)) |
2801 { | |
460 | 2802 if (!eap->forceit && !eap->append) |
7 | 2803 { |
460 | 2804 #ifdef UNIX |
637 | 2805 /* with UNIX it is possible to open a directory */ |
460 | 2806 if (mch_isdir(ffname)) |
2807 { | |
2808 EMSG2(_(e_isadir2), ffname); | |
2809 return FAIL; | |
2810 } | |
7 | 2811 #endif |
2812 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) | |
460 | 2813 if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) |
2814 { | |
2770 | 2815 char_u buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE]; |
460 | 2816 |
2817 dialog_msg(buff, _("Overwrite existing file \"%s\"?"), fname); | |
2818 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) != VIM_YES) | |
2819 return FAIL; | |
2820 eap->forceit = TRUE; | |
2821 } | |
2822 else | |
2823 #endif | |
2824 { | |
2825 EMSG(_(e_exists)); | |
7 | 2826 return FAIL; |
460 | 2827 } |
7 | 2828 } |
460 | 2829 |
2830 /* For ":w! filename" check that no swap file exists for "filename". */ | |
2831 if (other && !emsg_silent) | |
7 | 2832 { |
2770 | 2833 char_u *dir; |
460 | 2834 char_u *p; |
2835 int r; | |
2836 char_u *swapname; | |
2837 | |
2838 /* We only try the first entry in 'directory', without checking if | |
2839 * it's writable. If the "." directory is not writable the write | |
2840 * will probably fail anyway. | |
2841 * Use 'shortname' of the current buffer, since there is no buffer | |
2842 * for the written file. */ | |
2843 if (*p_dir == NUL) | |
2770 | 2844 { |
2845 dir = alloc(5); | |
2846 if (dir == NULL) | |
2847 return FAIL; | |
460 | 2848 STRCPY(dir, "."); |
2770 | 2849 } |
460 | 2850 else |
2851 { | |
2770 | 2852 dir = alloc(MAXPATHL); |
2853 if (dir == NULL) | |
2854 return FAIL; | |
460 | 2855 p = p_dir; |
2856 copy_option_part(&p, dir, MAXPATHL, ","); | |
2857 } | |
2858 swapname = makeswapname(fname, ffname, curbuf, dir); | |
2770 | 2859 vim_free(dir); |
460 | 2860 r = vim_fexists(swapname); |
2861 if (r) | |
2862 { | |
2863 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) | |
2864 if (p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) | |
2865 { | |
2770 | 2866 char_u buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE]; |
460 | 2867 |
2868 dialog_msg(buff, | |
2869 _("Swap file \"%s\" exists, overwrite anyway?"), | |
2870 swapname); | |
2871 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) | |
2872 != VIM_YES) | |
819 | 2873 { |
2874 vim_free(swapname); | |
460 | 2875 return FAIL; |
819 | 2876 } |
460 | 2877 eap->forceit = TRUE; |
2878 } | |
2879 else | |
2880 #endif | |
2881 { | |
2882 EMSG2(_("E768: Swap file exists: %s (:silent! overrides)"), | |
2883 swapname); | |
819 | 2884 vim_free(swapname); |
460 | 2885 return FAIL; |
2886 } | |
2887 } | |
819 | 2888 vim_free(swapname); |
7 | 2889 } |
2890 } | |
2891 return OK; | |
2892 } | |
2893 | |
2894 /* | |
2895 * Handle ":wnext", ":wNext" and ":wprevious" commands. | |
2896 */ | |
2897 void | |
2898 ex_wnext(eap) | |
2899 exarg_T *eap; | |
2900 { | |
2901 int i; | |
2902 | |
2903 if (eap->cmd[1] == 'n') | |
2904 i = curwin->w_arg_idx + (int)eap->line2; | |
2905 else | |
2906 i = curwin->w_arg_idx - (int)eap->line2; | |
2907 eap->line1 = 1; | |
2908 eap->line2 = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
2909 if (do_write(eap) != FAIL) | |
2910 do_argfile(eap, i); | |
2911 } | |
2912 | |
2913 /* | |
2914 * ":wall", ":wqall" and ":xall": Write all changed files (and exit). | |
2915 */ | |
2916 void | |
2917 do_wqall(eap) | |
2918 exarg_T *eap; | |
2919 { | |
2920 buf_T *buf; | |
2921 int error = 0; | |
2922 int save_forceit = eap->forceit; | |
2923 | |
2924 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_xall || eap->cmdidx == CMD_wqall) | |
2925 exiting = TRUE; | |
2926 | |
2927 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
2928 { | |
2929 if (bufIsChanged(buf)) | |
2930 { | |
2931 /* | |
2932 * Check if there is a reason the buffer cannot be written: | |
2933 * 1. if the 'write' option is set | |
2934 * 2. if there is no file name (even after browsing) | |
2935 * 3. if the 'readonly' is set (even after a dialog) | |
2936 * 4. if overwriting is allowed (even after a dialog) | |
2937 */ | |
2938 if (not_writing()) | |
2939 { | |
2940 ++error; | |
2941 break; | |
2942 } | |
2943 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
2944 /* ":browse wall": ask for file name if there isn't one */ | |
2945 if (buf->b_ffname == NULL && cmdmod.browse) | |
2946 browse_save_fname(buf); | |
2947 #endif | |
2948 if (buf->b_ffname == NULL) | |
2949 { | |
2950 EMSGN(_("E141: No file name for buffer %ld"), (long)buf->b_fnum); | |
2951 ++error; | |
2952 } | |
2953 else if (check_readonly(&eap->forceit, buf) | |
2954 || check_overwrite(eap, buf, buf->b_fname, buf->b_ffname, | |
2955 FALSE) == FAIL) | |
2956 { | |
2957 ++error; | |
2958 } | |
2959 else | |
2960 { | |
2961 if (buf_write_all(buf, eap->forceit) == FAIL) | |
2962 ++error; | |
2963 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
2964 /* an autocommand may have deleted the buffer */ | |
2965 if (!buf_valid(buf)) | |
2966 buf = firstbuf; | |
2967 #endif | |
2968 } | |
2969 eap->forceit = save_forceit; /* check_overwrite() may set it */ | |
2970 } | |
2971 } | |
2972 if (exiting) | |
2973 { | |
2974 if (!error) | |
2975 getout(0); /* exit Vim */ | |
2976 not_exiting(); | |
2977 } | |
2978 } | |
2979 | |
2980 /* | |
2981 * Check the 'write' option. | |
2982 * Return TRUE and give a message when it's not st. | |
2983 */ | |
2984 int | |
2985 not_writing() | |
2986 { | |
2987 if (p_write) | |
2988 return FALSE; | |
2989 EMSG(_("E142: File not written: Writing is disabled by 'write' option")); | |
2990 return TRUE; | |
2991 } | |
2992 | |
2993 /* | |
1303 | 2994 * Check if a buffer is read-only (either 'readonly' option is set or file is |
2995 * read-only). Ask for overruling in a dialog. Return TRUE and give an error | |
2996 * message when the buffer is readonly. | |
7 | 2997 */ |
2998 static int | |
2999 check_readonly(forceit, buf) | |
3000 int *forceit; | |
3001 buf_T *buf; | |
3002 { | |
1303 | 3003 struct stat st; |
3004 | |
3005 /* Handle a file being readonly when the 'readonly' option is set or when | |
3006 * the file exists and permissions are read-only. | |
3007 * We will send 0777 to check_file_readonly(), as the "perm" variable is | |
3008 * important for device checks but not here. */ | |
3009 if (!*forceit && (buf->b_p_ro | |
3010 || (mch_stat((char *)buf->b_ffname, &st) >= 0 | |
3011 && check_file_readonly(buf->b_ffname, 0777)))) | |
7 | 3012 { |
3013 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) | |
3014 if ((p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) && buf->b_fname != NULL) | |
3015 { | |
2770 | 3016 char_u buff[DIALOG_MSG_SIZE]; |
7 | 3017 |
1303 | 3018 if (buf->b_p_ro) |
3019 dialog_msg(buff, _("'readonly' option is set for \"%s\".\nDo you wish to write anyway?"), | |
3020 buf->b_fname); | |
3021 else | |
3022 dialog_msg(buff, _("File permissions of \"%s\" are read-only.\nIt may still be possible to write it.\nDo you wish to try?"), | |
7 | 3023 buf->b_fname); |
3024 | |
3025 if (vim_dialog_yesno(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 2) == VIM_YES) | |
3026 { | |
3027 /* Set forceit, to force the writing of a readonly file */ | |
3028 *forceit = TRUE; | |
3029 return FALSE; | |
3030 } | |
3031 else | |
3032 return TRUE; | |
3033 } | |
3034 else | |
3035 #endif | |
1303 | 3036 if (buf->b_p_ro) |
7 | 3037 EMSG(_(e_readonly)); |
1303 | 3038 else |
3039 EMSG2(_("E505: \"%s\" is read-only (add ! to override)"), | |
3040 buf->b_fname); | |
7 | 3041 return TRUE; |
3042 } | |
1303 | 3043 |
7 | 3044 return FALSE; |
3045 } | |
3046 | |
3047 /* | |
632 | 3048 * Try to abandon current file and edit a new or existing file. |
3049 * 'fnum' is the number of the file, if zero use ffname/sfname. | |
7 | 3050 * |
632 | 3051 * Return 1 for "normal" error, 2 for "not written" error, 0 for success |
1370 | 3052 * -1 for successfully opening another file. |
7 | 3053 * 'lnum' is the line number for the cursor in the new file (if non-zero). |
3054 */ | |
3055 int | |
3056 getfile(fnum, ffname, sfname, setpm, lnum, forceit) | |
3057 int fnum; | |
3058 char_u *ffname; | |
3059 char_u *sfname; | |
3060 int setpm; | |
3061 linenr_T lnum; | |
3062 int forceit; | |
3063 { | |
3064 int other; | |
3065 int retval; | |
3066 char_u *free_me = NULL; | |
3067 | |
634 | 3068 if (text_locked()) |
7 | 3069 return 1; |
819 | 3070 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
3071 if (curbuf_locked()) | |
3072 return 1; | |
3073 #endif | |
7 | 3074 |
3075 if (fnum == 0) | |
3076 { | |
3077 /* make ffname full path, set sfname */ | |
3078 fname_expand(curbuf, &ffname, &sfname); | |
3079 other = otherfile(ffname); | |
3080 free_me = ffname; /* has been allocated, free() later */ | |
3081 } | |
3082 else | |
3083 other = (fnum != curbuf->b_fnum); | |
3084 | |
3085 if (other) | |
3086 ++no_wait_return; /* don't wait for autowrite message */ | |
3087 if (other && !forceit && curbuf->b_nwindows == 1 && !P_HID(curbuf) | |
3088 && curbufIsChanged() && autowrite(curbuf, forceit) == FAIL) | |
3089 { | |
3090 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) | |
3091 if (p_confirm && p_write) | |
3092 dialog_changed(curbuf, FALSE); | |
3093 if (curbufIsChanged()) | |
3094 #endif | |
3095 { | |
3096 if (other) | |
3097 --no_wait_return; | |
3098 EMSG(_(e_nowrtmsg)); | |
3099 retval = 2; /* file has been changed */ | |
3100 goto theend; | |
3101 } | |
3102 } | |
3103 if (other) | |
3104 --no_wait_return; | |
3105 if (setpm) | |
3106 setpcmark(); | |
3107 if (!other) | |
3108 { | |
3109 if (lnum != 0) | |
3110 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
3111 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
3112 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); | |
3113 retval = 0; /* it's in the same file */ | |
3114 } | |
3115 else if (do_ecmd(fnum, ffname, sfname, NULL, lnum, | |
1743 | 3116 (P_HID(curbuf) ? ECMD_HIDE : 0) + (forceit ? ECMD_FORCEIT : 0), |
3117 curwin) == OK) | |
7 | 3118 retval = -1; /* opened another file */ |
3119 else | |
3120 retval = 1; /* error encountered */ | |
3121 | |
3122 theend: | |
3123 vim_free(free_me); | |
3124 return retval; | |
3125 } | |
3126 | |
3127 /* | |
3128 * start editing a new file | |
3129 * | |
3130 * fnum: file number; if zero use ffname/sfname | |
3131 * ffname: the file name | |
3132 * - full path if sfname used, | |
3133 * - any file name if sfname is NULL | |
3134 * - empty string to re-edit with the same file name (but may be | |
3135 * in a different directory) | |
3136 * - NULL to start an empty buffer | |
3137 * sfname: the short file name (or NULL) | |
3138 * eap: contains the command to be executed after loading the file and | |
3139 * forced 'ff' and 'fenc' | |
3140 * newlnum: if > 0: put cursor on this line number (if possible) | |
3141 * if ECMD_LASTL: use last position in loaded file | |
3142 * if ECMD_LAST: use last position in all files | |
3143 * if ECMD_ONE: use first line | |
3144 * flags: | |
3145 * ECMD_HIDE: if TRUE don't free the current buffer | |
3146 * ECMD_SET_HELP: set b_help flag of (new) buffer before opening file | |
3147 * ECMD_OLDBUF: use existing buffer if it exists | |
3148 * ECMD_FORCEIT: ! used for Ex command | |
3149 * ECMD_ADDBUF: don't edit, just add to buffer list | |
1743 | 3150 * oldwin: Should be "curwin" when editing a new buffer in the current |
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
3151 * window, NULL when splitting the window first. When not NULL info |
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
3152 * of the previous buffer for "oldwin" is stored. |
7 | 3153 * |
3154 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise | |
3155 */ | |
3156 int | |
1743 | 3157 do_ecmd(fnum, ffname, sfname, eap, newlnum, flags, oldwin) |
7 | 3158 int fnum; |
3159 char_u *ffname; | |
3160 char_u *sfname; | |
3161 exarg_T *eap; /* can be NULL! */ | |
3162 linenr_T newlnum; | |
3163 int flags; | |
1743 | 3164 win_T *oldwin; |
7 | 3165 { |
3166 int other_file; /* TRUE if editing another file */ | |
3167 int oldbuf; /* TRUE if using existing buffer */ | |
3168 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3169 int auto_buf = FALSE; /* TRUE if autocommands brought us | |
3170 into the buffer unexpectedly */ | |
3171 char_u *new_name = NULL; | |
716 | 3172 int did_set_swapcommand = FALSE; |
7 | 3173 #endif |
3174 buf_T *buf; | |
3175 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) | |
3176 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; | |
3177 #endif | |
3178 char_u *free_fname = NULL; | |
3179 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
3180 char_u *browse_file = NULL; | |
3181 #endif | |
3182 int retval = FAIL; | |
3183 long n; | |
3184 linenr_T lnum; | |
3185 linenr_T topline = 0; | |
3186 int newcol = -1; | |
3187 int solcol = -1; | |
3188 pos_T *pos; | |
3189 #ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP | |
3190 char_u *cp; | |
3191 #endif | |
3192 char_u *command = NULL; | |
1185 | 3193 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
3194 int did_get_winopts = FALSE; | |
3195 #endif | |
2394
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3196 int readfile_flags = 0; |
7 | 3197 |
3198 if (eap != NULL) | |
3199 command = eap->do_ecmd_cmd; | |
3200 | |
3201 if (fnum != 0) | |
3202 { | |
3203 if (fnum == curbuf->b_fnum) /* file is already being edited */ | |
3204 return OK; /* nothing to do */ | |
3205 other_file = TRUE; | |
3206 } | |
3207 else | |
3208 { | |
3209 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
3210 if (cmdmod.browse) | |
3211 { | |
1683 | 3212 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
462 | 3213 if ( |
1683 | 3214 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
462 | 3215 !gui.in_use && |
1683 | 3216 # endif |
462 | 3217 au_has_group((char_u *)"FileExplorer")) |
3218 { | |
3219 /* No browsing supported but we do have the file explorer: | |
3220 * Edit the directory. */ | |
3221 if (ffname == NULL || !mch_isdir(ffname)) | |
3222 ffname = (char_u *)"."; | |
3223 } | |
3224 else | |
1683 | 3225 # endif |
462 | 3226 { |
3227 browse_file = do_browse(0, (char_u *)_("Edit File"), ffname, | |
7 | 3228 NULL, NULL, NULL, curbuf); |
462 | 3229 if (browse_file == NULL) |
3230 goto theend; | |
3231 ffname = browse_file; | |
3232 } | |
7 | 3233 } |
3234 #endif | |
3235 /* if no short name given, use ffname for short name */ | |
3236 if (sfname == NULL) | |
3237 sfname = ffname; | |
3238 #ifdef USE_FNAME_CASE | |
3239 # ifdef USE_LONG_FNAME | |
3240 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) | |
3241 # endif | |
436 | 3242 if (sfname != NULL) |
3243 fname_case(sfname, 0); /* set correct case for sfname */ | |
7 | 3244 #endif |
3245 | |
3246 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS | |
3247 if ((flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) && (ffname == NULL || *ffname == NUL)) | |
3248 goto theend; | |
3249 #endif | |
3250 | |
3251 if (ffname == NULL) | |
3252 other_file = TRUE; | |
3253 /* there is no file name */ | |
3254 else if (*ffname == NUL && curbuf->b_ffname == NULL) | |
3255 other_file = FALSE; | |
3256 else | |
3257 { | |
3258 if (*ffname == NUL) /* re-edit with same file name */ | |
3259 { | |
3260 ffname = curbuf->b_ffname; | |
3261 sfname = curbuf->b_fname; | |
3262 } | |
3263 free_fname = fix_fname(ffname); /* may expand to full path name */ | |
3264 if (free_fname != NULL) | |
3265 ffname = free_fname; | |
3266 other_file = otherfile(ffname); | |
3267 #ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP | |
3268 if (usingSunWorkShop && p_acd | |
3269 && (cp = vim_strrchr(sfname, '/')) != NULL) | |
3270 sfname = ++cp; | |
3271 #endif | |
3272 } | |
3273 } | |
3274 | |
3275 /* | |
3276 * if the file was changed we may not be allowed to abandon it | |
3277 * - if we are going to re-edit the same file | |
3278 * - or if we are the only window on this file and if ECMD_HIDE is FALSE | |
3279 */ | |
3280 if ( ((!other_file && !(flags & ECMD_OLDBUF)) | |
3281 || (curbuf->b_nwindows == 1 | |
3282 && !(flags & (ECMD_HIDE | ECMD_ADDBUF)))) | |
5464 | 3283 && check_changed(curbuf, (p_awa ? CCGD_AW : 0) |
3284 | (other_file ? 0 : CCGD_MULTWIN) | |
3285 | ((flags & ECMD_FORCEIT) ? CCGD_FORCEIT : 0) | |
3286 | (eap == NULL ? 0 : CCGD_EXCMD))) | |
7 | 3287 { |
3288 if (fnum == 0 && other_file && ffname != NULL) | |
3289 (void)setaltfname(ffname, sfname, newlnum < 0 ? 0 : newlnum); | |
3290 goto theend; | |
3291 } | |
3292 | |
3293 /* | |
3294 * End Visual mode before switching to another buffer, so the text can be | |
3295 * copied into the GUI selection buffer. | |
3296 */ | |
3297 reset_VIsual(); | |
3298 | |
716 | 3299 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
3300 if ((command != NULL || newlnum > (linenr_T)0) | |
3301 && *get_vim_var_str(VV_SWAPCOMMAND) == NUL) | |
3302 { | |
3303 int len; | |
3304 char_u *p; | |
3305 | |
3306 /* Set v:swapcommand for the SwapExists autocommands. */ | |
3307 if (command != NULL) | |
835 | 3308 len = (int)STRLEN(command) + 3; |
716 | 3309 else |
3310 len = 30; | |
3311 p = alloc((unsigned)len); | |
3312 if (p != NULL) | |
3313 { | |
3314 if (command != NULL) | |
3315 vim_snprintf((char *)p, len, ":%s\r", command); | |
3316 else | |
3317 vim_snprintf((char *)p, len, "%ldG", (long)newlnum); | |
3318 set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCOMMAND, p, -1); | |
3319 did_set_swapcommand = TRUE; | |
3320 vim_free(p); | |
3321 } | |
3322 } | |
3323 #endif | |
3324 | |
7 | 3325 /* |
3326 * If we are starting to edit another file, open a (new) buffer. | |
3327 * Otherwise we re-use the current buffer. | |
3328 */ | |
3329 if (other_file) | |
3330 { | |
3331 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS | |
3332 if (!(flags & ECMD_ADDBUF)) | |
3333 #endif | |
3334 { | |
22 | 3335 if (!cmdmod.keepalt) |
3336 curwin->w_alt_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum; | |
1743 | 3337 if (oldwin != NULL) |
3338 buflist_altfpos(oldwin); | |
7 | 3339 } |
3340 | |
3341 if (fnum) | |
3342 buf = buflist_findnr(fnum); | |
3343 else | |
3344 { | |
3345 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS | |
3346 if (flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) | |
3347 { | |
3348 linenr_T tlnum = 1L; | |
3349 | |
3350 if (command != NULL) | |
3351 { | |
3352 tlnum = atol((char *)command); | |
3353 if (tlnum <= 0) | |
3354 tlnum = 1L; | |
3355 } | |
3356 (void)buflist_new(ffname, sfname, tlnum, BLN_LISTED); | |
3357 goto theend; | |
3358 } | |
3359 #endif | |
3360 buf = buflist_new(ffname, sfname, 0L, | |
3361 BLN_CURBUF | ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) ? 0 : BLN_LISTED)); | |
5816 | 3362 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
3363 /* autocommands may change curwin and curbuf */ | |
3364 if (oldwin != NULL) | |
3365 oldwin = curwin; | |
3366 old_curbuf = curbuf; | |
3367 #endif | |
7 | 3368 } |
3369 if (buf == NULL) | |
3370 goto theend; | |
3371 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) /* no memfile yet */ | |
3372 { | |
3373 oldbuf = FALSE; | |
3374 buf->b_nwindows = 0; | |
3375 } | |
3376 else /* existing memfile */ | |
3377 { | |
3378 oldbuf = TRUE; | |
3379 (void)buf_check_timestamp(buf, FALSE); | |
3380 /* Check if autocommands made buffer invalid or changed the current | |
3381 * buffer. */ | |
3382 if (!buf_valid(buf) | |
3383 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3384 || curbuf != old_curbuf | |
3385 #endif | |
3386 ) | |
3387 goto theend; | |
3388 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
3389 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ | |
3390 goto theend; | |
3391 #endif | |
3392 } | |
3393 | |
3394 /* May jump to last used line number for a loaded buffer or when asked | |
3395 * for explicitly */ | |
3396 if ((oldbuf && newlnum == ECMD_LASTL) || newlnum == ECMD_LAST) | |
3397 { | |
3398 pos = buflist_findfpos(buf); | |
3399 newlnum = pos->lnum; | |
3400 solcol = pos->col; | |
3401 } | |
3402 | |
3403 /* | |
3404 * Make the (new) buffer the one used by the current window. | |
3405 * If the old buffer becomes unused, free it if ECMD_HIDE is FALSE. | |
3406 * If the current buffer was empty and has no file name, curbuf | |
3407 * is returned by buflist_new(). | |
3408 */ | |
3409 if (buf != curbuf) | |
3410 { | |
3411 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3412 /* | |
3413 * Be careful: The autocommands may delete any buffer and change | |
3414 * the current buffer. | |
3415 * - If the buffer we are going to edit is deleted, give up. | |
3416 * - If the current buffer is deleted, prefer to load the new | |
3417 * buffer when loading a buffer is required. This avoids | |
3418 * loading another buffer which then must be closed again. | |
3419 * - If we ended up in the new buffer already, need to skip a few | |
3420 * things, set auto_buf. | |
3421 */ | |
3422 if (buf->b_fname != NULL) | |
3423 new_name = vim_strsave(buf->b_fname); | |
3424 au_new_curbuf = buf; | |
3425 apply_autocmds(EVENT_BUFLEAVE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); | |
3426 if (!buf_valid(buf)) /* new buffer has been deleted */ | |
3427 { | |
3428 delbuf_msg(new_name); /* frees new_name */ | |
3429 goto theend; | |
3430 } | |
3431 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
3432 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ | |
3433 { | |
3434 vim_free(new_name); | |
3435 goto theend; | |
3436 } | |
3437 # endif | |
3438 if (buf == curbuf) /* already in new buffer */ | |
3439 auto_buf = TRUE; | |
3440 else | |
3441 { | |
3442 if (curbuf == old_curbuf) | |
3443 #endif | |
3444 buf_copy_options(buf, BCO_ENTER); | |
3445 | |
3446 /* close the link to the current buffer */ | |
825 | 3447 u_sync(FALSE); |
1743 | 3448 close_buffer(oldwin, curbuf, |
3365 | 3449 (flags & ECMD_HIDE) ? 0 : DOBUF_UNLOAD, FALSE); |
7 | 3450 |
3451 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3242 | 3452 /* Autocommands may open a new window and leave oldwin open |
3453 * which leads to crashes since the above call sets | |
3454 * oldwin->w_buffer to NULL. */ | |
3455 if (curwin != oldwin && oldwin != aucmd_win | |
3456 && win_valid(oldwin) && oldwin->w_buffer == NULL) | |
3457 win_close(oldwin, FALSE); | |
3458 | |
7 | 3459 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
3460 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ | |
3461 { | |
3462 vim_free(new_name); | |
3463 goto theend; | |
3464 } | |
3465 # endif | |
3466 /* Be careful again, like above. */ | |
3467 if (!buf_valid(buf)) /* new buffer has been deleted */ | |
3468 { | |
3469 delbuf_msg(new_name); /* frees new_name */ | |
3470 goto theend; | |
3471 } | |
3472 if (buf == curbuf) /* already in new buffer */ | |
3473 auto_buf = TRUE; | |
3474 else | |
3475 #endif | |
3476 { | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3477 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3478 /* |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3479 * <VN> We could instead free the synblock |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3480 * and re-attach to buffer, perhaps. |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3481 */ |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3482 if (curwin->w_s == &(curwin->w_buffer->b_s)) |
3480 | 3483 curwin->w_s = &(buf->b_s); |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3484 #endif |
7 | 3485 curwin->w_buffer = buf; |
3486 curbuf = buf; | |
3487 ++curbuf->b_nwindows; | |
5231
74d2f3188cd0
updated for version 7.4a.041
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4903
diff
changeset
|
3488 |
74d2f3188cd0
updated for version 7.4a.041
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4903
diff
changeset
|
3489 /* Set 'fileformat', 'binary' and 'fenc' when forced. */ |
74d2f3188cd0
updated for version 7.4a.041
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4903
diff
changeset
|
3490 if (!oldbuf && eap != NULL) |
74d2f3188cd0
updated for version 7.4a.041
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4903
diff
changeset
|
3491 { |
74d2f3188cd0
updated for version 7.4a.041
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4903
diff
changeset
|
3492 set_file_options(TRUE, eap); |
5242
f0361e297d9c
updated for version 7.4a.046
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5231
diff
changeset
|
3493 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
5231
74d2f3188cd0
updated for version 7.4a.041
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4903
diff
changeset
|
3494 set_forced_fenc(eap); |
5242
f0361e297d9c
updated for version 7.4a.046
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5231
diff
changeset
|
3495 #endif |
5231
74d2f3188cd0
updated for version 7.4a.041
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4903
diff
changeset
|
3496 } |
7 | 3497 } |
3498 | |
3499 /* May get the window options from the last time this buffer | |
3500 * was in this window (or another window). If not used | |
3501 * before, reset the local window options to the global | |
3502 * values. Also restores old folding stuff. */ | |
1289 | 3503 get_winopts(curbuf); |
1185 | 3504 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
3505 did_get_winopts = TRUE; | |
3506 #endif | |
7 | 3507 |
3508 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3509 } | |
3510 vim_free(new_name); | |
3511 au_new_curbuf = NULL; | |
3512 #endif | |
3513 } | |
3514 else | |
3515 ++curbuf->b_nwindows; | |
3516 | |
3517 curwin->w_pcmark.lnum = 1; | |
3518 curwin->w_pcmark.col = 0; | |
3519 } | |
3520 else /* !other_file */ | |
3521 { | |
3522 if ( | |
3523 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS | |
3524 (flags & ECMD_ADDBUF) || | |
3525 #endif | |
3526 check_fname() == FAIL) | |
3527 goto theend; | |
3528 oldbuf = (flags & ECMD_OLDBUF); | |
3529 } | |
3530 | |
3531 if ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) || keep_help_flag) | |
3532 { | |
3533 char_u *p; | |
3534 | |
3535 curbuf->b_help = TRUE; | |
3536 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
3537 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"buftype", -1, | |
694 | 3538 (char_u *)"help", OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0); |
7 | 3539 #endif |
3540 | |
3541 /* | |
3542 * Always set these options after jumping to a help tag, because the | |
3543 * user may have an autocommand that gets in the way. | |
3544 * Accept all ASCII chars for keywords, except ' ', '*', '"', '|', and | |
3545 * latin1 word characters (for translated help files). | |
3546 * Only set it when needed, buf_init_chartab() is some work. | |
3547 */ | |
3548 p = | |
3549 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
3550 (char_u *)"65-255,^*,^|,^\""; | |
3551 #else | |
3552 (char_u *)"!-~,^*,^|,^\",192-255"; | |
3553 #endif | |
3554 if (STRCMP(curbuf->b_p_isk, p) != 0) | |
3555 { | |
3556 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"isk", -1, p, | |
694 | 3557 OPT_FREE|OPT_LOCAL, 0); |
7 | 3558 check_buf_options(curbuf); |
3559 (void)buf_init_chartab(curbuf, FALSE); | |
3560 } | |
3561 | |
3562 curbuf->b_p_ts = 8; /* 'tabstop' is 8 */ | |
3563 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; /* no list mode */ | |
3564 | |
3565 curbuf->b_p_ma = FALSE; /* not modifiable */ | |
3566 curbuf->b_p_bin = FALSE; /* reset 'bin' before reading file */ | |
3567 curwin->w_p_nu = 0; /* no line numbers */ | |
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2127
diff
changeset
|
3568 curwin->w_p_rnu = 0; /* no relative line numbers */ |
2583 | 3569 RESET_BINDING(curwin); /* no scroll or cursor binding */ |
7 | 3570 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
3571 curwin->w_p_arab = FALSE; /* no arabic mode */ | |
3572 #endif | |
3573 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
3574 curwin->w_p_rl = FALSE; /* help window is left-to-right */ | |
3575 #endif | |
3576 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
3577 curwin->w_p_fen = FALSE; /* No folding in the help window */ | |
3578 #endif | |
3579 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
3580 curwin->w_p_diff = FALSE; /* No 'diff' */ | |
3581 #endif | |
748 | 3582 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
371 | 3583 curwin->w_p_spell = FALSE; /* No spell checking */ |
3584 #endif | |
7 | 3585 |
3586 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3587 buf = curbuf; | |
3588 #endif | |
3589 set_buflisted(FALSE); | |
3590 } | |
3591 else | |
3592 { | |
3593 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3594 buf = curbuf; | |
3595 #endif | |
3596 /* Don't make a buffer listed if it's a help buffer. Useful when | |
3597 * using CTRL-O to go back to a help file. */ | |
3598 if (!curbuf->b_help) | |
3599 set_buflisted(TRUE); | |
3600 } | |
3601 | |
3602 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3603 /* If autocommands change buffers under our fingers, forget about | |
3604 * editing the file. */ | |
3605 if (buf != curbuf) | |
3606 goto theend; | |
3607 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
3608 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ | |
3609 goto theend; | |
3610 # endif | |
3611 | |
3612 /* Since we are starting to edit a file, consider the filetype to be | |
3613 * unset. Helps for when an autocommand changes files and expects syntax | |
3614 * highlighting to work in the other file. */ | |
3615 did_filetype = FALSE; | |
3616 #endif | |
3617 | |
3618 /* | |
3619 * other_file oldbuf | |
3620 * FALSE FALSE re-edit same file, buffer is re-used | |
3621 * FALSE TRUE re-edit same file, nothing changes | |
3622 * TRUE FALSE start editing new file, new buffer | |
3623 * TRUE TRUE start editing in existing buffer (nothing to do) | |
3624 */ | |
3625 if (!other_file && !oldbuf) /* re-use the buffer */ | |
3626 { | |
3627 set_last_cursor(curwin); /* may set b_last_cursor */ | |
3628 if (newlnum == ECMD_LAST || newlnum == ECMD_LASTL) | |
3629 { | |
3630 newlnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3631 solcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3632 } | |
3633 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3634 buf = curbuf; | |
3635 if (buf->b_fname != NULL) | |
3636 new_name = vim_strsave(buf->b_fname); | |
3637 else | |
3638 new_name = NULL; | |
3639 #endif | |
2394
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3640 if (p_ur < 0 || curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count <= p_ur) |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3641 { |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3642 /* Save all the text, so that the reload can be undone. |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3643 * Sync first so that this is a separate undo-able action. */ |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3644 u_sync(FALSE); |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3645 if (u_savecommon(0, curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1, 0, TRUE) |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3646 == FAIL) |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3647 goto theend; |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3648 u_unchanged(curbuf); |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3649 buf_freeall(curbuf, BFA_KEEP_UNDO); |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3650 |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3651 /* tell readfile() not to clear or reload undo info */ |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3652 readfile_flags = READ_KEEP_UNDO; |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3653 } |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3654 else |
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3655 buf_freeall(curbuf, 0); /* free all things for buffer */ |
7 | 3656 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
3657 /* If autocommands deleted the buffer we were going to re-edit, give | |
3658 * up and jump to the end. */ | |
3659 if (!buf_valid(buf)) | |
3660 { | |
3661 delbuf_msg(new_name); /* frees new_name */ | |
3662 goto theend; | |
3663 } | |
3664 vim_free(new_name); | |
3665 | |
3666 /* If autocommands change buffers under our fingers, forget about | |
3667 * re-editing the file. Should do the buf_clear_file(), but perhaps | |
3668 * the autocommands changed the buffer... */ | |
3669 if (buf != curbuf) | |
3670 goto theend; | |
3671 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
3672 if (aborting()) /* autocmds may abort script processing */ | |
3673 goto theend; | |
3674 # endif | |
3675 #endif | |
3676 buf_clear_file(curbuf); | |
3677 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = 0; /* clear '[ and '] marks */ | |
3678 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = 0; | |
3679 } | |
3680 | |
3681 /* | |
3682 * If we get here we are sure to start editing | |
3683 */ | |
3684 /* don't redraw until the cursor is in the right line */ | |
3685 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
3686 | |
3687 /* Assume success now */ | |
3688 retval = OK; | |
3689 | |
3690 /* | |
3691 * Reset cursor position, could be used by autocommands. | |
3692 */ | |
3693 check_cursor(); | |
3694 | |
3695 /* | |
3696 * Check if we are editing the w_arg_idx file in the argument list. | |
3697 */ | |
3698 check_arg_idx(curwin); | |
3699 | |
3700 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3701 if (!auto_buf) | |
3702 #endif | |
3703 { | |
3704 /* | |
3705 * Set cursor and init window before reading the file and executing | |
3706 * autocommands. This allows for the autocommands to position the | |
3707 * cursor. | |
3708 */ | |
677 | 3709 curwin_init(); |
7 | 3710 |
3711 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
1370 | 3712 /* It's possible that all lines in the buffer changed. Need to update |
3713 * automatic folding for all windows where it's used. */ | |
3714 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
3715 { | |
3716 win_T *win; | |
3717 tabpage_T *tp; | |
3718 | |
3719 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, win) | |
3720 if (win->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
3721 foldUpdateAll(win); | |
3722 } | |
3723 # else | |
7 | 3724 foldUpdateAll(curwin); |
1370 | 3725 # endif |
7 | 3726 #endif |
3727 | |
961 | 3728 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ |
3729 DO_AUTOCHDIR | |
3730 | |
7 | 3731 /* |
3732 * Careful: open_buffer() and apply_autocmds() may change the current | |
3733 * buffer and window. | |
3734 */ | |
3735 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3736 topline = curwin->w_topline; | |
3737 if (!oldbuf) /* need to read the file */ | |
3738 { | |
580 | 3739 #if defined(HAS_SWAP_EXISTS_ACTION) |
7 | 3740 swap_exists_action = SEA_DIALOG; |
3741 #endif | |
3742 curbuf->b_flags |= BF_CHECK_RO; /* set/reset 'ro' flag */ | |
3743 | |
3744 /* | |
3745 * Open the buffer and read the file. | |
3746 */ | |
3747 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_EVAL) | |
2394
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3748 if (should_abort(open_buffer(FALSE, eap, readfile_flags))) |
7 | 3749 retval = FAIL; |
3750 #else | |
2394
a3aca345aafa
Add the 'undoreload' option to be able to undo a file reload.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2311
diff
changeset
|
3751 (void)open_buffer(FALSE, eap, readfile_flags); |
7 | 3752 #endif |
3753 | |
580 | 3754 #if defined(HAS_SWAP_EXISTS_ACTION) |
7 | 3755 if (swap_exists_action == SEA_QUIT) |
3756 retval = FAIL; | |
3757 handle_swap_exists(old_curbuf); | |
3758 #endif | |
3759 } | |
3760 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3761 else | |
3762 { | |
23 | 3763 /* Read the modelines, but only to set window-local options. Any |
3764 * buffer-local options have already been set and may have been | |
3765 * changed by the user. */ | |
717 | 3766 do_modelines(OPT_WINONLY); |
23 | 3767 |
7 | 3768 apply_autocmds_retval(EVENT_BUFENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf, |
3769 &retval); | |
3770 apply_autocmds_retval(EVENT_BUFWINENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf, | |
3771 &retval); | |
3772 } | |
3773 check_arg_idx(curwin); | |
3774 #endif | |
3775 | |
3776 /* | |
3777 * If autocommands change the cursor position or topline, we should | |
3778 * keep it. | |
3779 */ | |
3780 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != lnum) | |
3781 { | |
3782 newlnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
3783 newcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; | |
3784 } | |
3785 if (curwin->w_topline == topline) | |
3786 topline = 0; | |
3787 | |
3788 /* Even when cursor didn't move we need to recompute topline. */ | |
3789 changed_line_abv_curs(); | |
3790 | |
3791 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
3792 maketitle(); | |
3793 #endif | |
3794 } | |
3795 | |
3796 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
3797 /* Tell the diff stuff that this buffer is new and/or needs updating. | |
3798 * Also needed when re-editing the same buffer, because unloading will | |
3799 * have removed it as a diff buffer. */ | |
673 | 3800 if (curwin->w_p_diff) |
3801 { | |
3802 diff_buf_add(curbuf); | |
3803 diff_invalidate(curbuf); | |
3804 } | |
7 | 3805 #endif |
3806 | |
1185 | 3807 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
3808 /* If the window options were changed may need to set the spell language. | |
3809 * Can only do this after the buffer has been properly setup. */ | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3810 if (did_get_winopts && curwin->w_p_spell && *curwin->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL) |
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
3811 (void)did_set_spelllang(curwin); |
1185 | 3812 #endif |
3813 | |
7 | 3814 if (command == NULL) |
3815 { | |
3816 if (newcol >= 0) /* position set by autocommands */ | |
3817 { | |
3818 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = newlnum; | |
3819 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol; | |
3820 check_cursor(); | |
3821 } | |
3822 else if (newlnum > 0) /* line number from caller or old position */ | |
3823 { | |
3824 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = newlnum; | |
3825 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
3826 if (solcol >= 0 && !p_sol) | |
3827 { | |
3828 /* 'sol' is off: Use last known column. */ | |
3829 curwin->w_cursor.col = solcol; | |
3830 check_cursor_col(); | |
3831 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
3832 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; | |
3833 #endif | |
3834 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; | |
3835 } | |
3836 else | |
3837 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); | |
3838 } | |
3839 else /* no line number, go to last line in Ex mode */ | |
3840 { | |
3841 if (exmode_active) | |
3842 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
3843 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
3844 } | |
3845 } | |
3846 | |
3847 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
3848 /* Check if cursors in other windows on the same buffer are still valid */ | |
3849 check_lnums(FALSE); | |
3850 #endif | |
3851 | |
3852 /* | |
3853 * Did not read the file, need to show some info about the file. | |
3854 * Do this after setting the cursor. | |
3855 */ | |
3856 if (oldbuf | |
3857 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3858 && !auto_buf | |
3859 #endif | |
3860 ) | |
3861 { | |
3862 int msg_scroll_save = msg_scroll; | |
3863 | |
3864 /* Obey the 'O' flag in 'cpoptions': overwrite any previous file | |
3865 * message. */ | |
3866 if (shortmess(SHM_OVERALL) && !exiting && p_verbose == 0) | |
3867 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
3868 if (!msg_scroll) /* wait a bit when overwriting an error msg */ | |
3869 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
3870 msg_start(); | |
3871 msg_scroll = msg_scroll_save; | |
3872 msg_scrolled_ign = TRUE; | |
3873 | |
3874 fileinfo(FALSE, TRUE, FALSE); | |
3875 | |
3876 msg_scrolled_ign = FALSE; | |
3877 } | |
3878 | |
3879 if (command != NULL) | |
3880 do_cmdline(command, NULL, NULL, DOCMD_VERBOSE); | |
3881 | |
3882 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
3883 if (curbuf->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_INIT) | |
1869 | 3884 (void)keymap_init(); |
7 | 3885 #endif |
3886 | |
3887 --RedrawingDisabled; | |
3888 if (!skip_redraw) | |
3889 { | |
3890 n = p_so; | |
3891 if (topline == 0 && command == NULL) | |
3892 p_so = 999; /* force cursor halfway the window */ | |
3893 update_topline(); | |
3894 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND | |
3895 curwin->w_scbind_pos = curwin->w_topline; | |
3896 #endif | |
3897 p_so = n; | |
3898 redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID); /* redraw this buffer later */ | |
3899 } | |
3900 | |
3901 if (p_im) | |
3902 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; | |
3903 | |
961 | 3904 /* Change directories when the 'acd' option is set. */ |
3905 DO_AUTOCHDIR | |
821 | 3906 |
3907 #if defined(FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP) || defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) | |
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3908 if (curbuf->b_ffname != NULL) |
7 | 3909 { |
3910 # ifdef FEAT_SUN_WORKSHOP | |
2209
d0ddf7ba1630
Included the patch to support netbeans in a terminal.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2178
diff
changeset
|
3911 if (gui.in_use && usingSunWorkShop) |
7 | 3912 workshop_file_opened((char *)curbuf->b_ffname, curbuf->b_p_ro); |
3913 # endif | |
3914 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
2210 | 3915 if ((flags & ECMD_SET_HELP) != ECMD_SET_HELP) |
34 | 3916 netbeans_file_opened(curbuf); |
7 | 3917 # endif |
3918 } | |
3919 #endif | |
3920 | |
3921 theend: | |
716 | 3922 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
3923 if (did_set_swapcommand) | |
3924 set_vim_var_string(VV_SWAPCOMMAND, NULL, -1); | |
3925 #endif | |
7 | 3926 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE |
3927 vim_free(browse_file); | |
3928 #endif | |
3929 vim_free(free_fname); | |
3930 return retval; | |
3931 } | |
3932 | |
3933 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
3934 static void | |
3935 delbuf_msg(name) | |
3936 char_u *name; | |
3937 { | |
3938 EMSG2(_("E143: Autocommands unexpectedly deleted new buffer %s"), | |
3939 name == NULL ? (char_u *)"" : name); | |
3940 vim_free(name); | |
3941 au_new_curbuf = NULL; | |
3942 } | |
3943 #endif | |
3944 | |
169 | 3945 static int append_indent = 0; /* autoindent for first line */ |
3946 | |
7 | 3947 /* |
3948 * ":insert" and ":append", also used by ":change" | |
3949 */ | |
3950 void | |
3951 ex_append(eap) | |
3952 exarg_T *eap; | |
3953 { | |
3954 char_u *theline; | |
3955 int did_undo = FALSE; | |
3956 linenr_T lnum = eap->line2; | |
165 | 3957 int indent = 0; |
3958 char_u *p; | |
3959 int vcol; | |
3960 int empty = (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY); | |
7 | 3961 |
169 | 3962 /* the ! flag toggles autoindent */ |
3963 if (eap->forceit) | |
3964 curbuf->b_p_ai = !curbuf->b_p_ai; | |
3965 | |
3966 /* First autoindent comes from the line we start on */ | |
3967 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_change && curbuf->b_p_ai && lnum > 0) | |
3968 append_indent = get_indent_lnum(lnum); | |
3969 | |
7 | 3970 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_append) |
3971 --lnum; | |
3972 | |
165 | 3973 /* when the buffer is empty append to line 0 and delete the dummy line */ |
3974 if (empty && lnum == 1) | |
3975 lnum = 0; | |
3976 | |
7 | 3977 State = INSERT; /* behave like in Insert mode */ |
3978 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
3979 State |= LANGMAP; | |
165 | 3980 |
408 | 3981 for (;;) |
7 | 3982 { |
3983 msg_scroll = TRUE; | |
3984 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
169 | 3985 if (curbuf->b_p_ai) |
3986 { | |
3987 if (append_indent >= 0) | |
3988 { | |
3989 indent = append_indent; | |
3990 append_indent = -1; | |
3991 } | |
3992 else if (lnum > 0) | |
3993 indent = get_indent_lnum(lnum); | |
3994 } | |
3995 ex_keep_indent = FALSE; | |
7 | 3996 if (eap->getline == NULL) |
169 | 3997 { |
3998 /* No getline() function, use the lines that follow. This ends | |
3999 * when there is no more. */ | |
4000 if (eap->nextcmd == NULL || *eap->nextcmd == NUL) | |
4001 break; | |
4002 p = vim_strchr(eap->nextcmd, NL); | |
4003 if (p == NULL) | |
4004 p = eap->nextcmd + STRLEN(eap->nextcmd); | |
4005 theline = vim_strnsave(eap->nextcmd, (int)(p - eap->nextcmd)); | |
4006 if (*p != NUL) | |
4007 ++p; | |
4008 eap->nextcmd = p; | |
4009 } | |
7 | 4010 else |
4011 theline = eap->getline( | |
4012 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
76 | 4013 eap->cstack->cs_looplevel > 0 ? -1 : |
7 | 4014 #endif |
165 | 4015 NUL, eap->cookie, indent); |
7 | 4016 lines_left = Rows - 1; |
165 | 4017 if (theline == NULL) |
4018 break; | |
4019 | |
169 | 4020 /* Using ^ CTRL-D in getexmodeline() makes us repeat the indent. */ |
4021 if (ex_keep_indent) | |
4022 append_indent = indent; | |
4023 | |
165 | 4024 /* Look for the "." after automatic indent. */ |
4025 vcol = 0; | |
4026 for (p = theline; indent > vcol; ++p) | |
4027 { | |
4028 if (*p == ' ') | |
4029 ++vcol; | |
4030 else if (*p == TAB) | |
4031 vcol += 8 - vcol % 8; | |
4032 else | |
4033 break; | |
4034 } | |
4035 if ((p[0] == '.' && p[1] == NUL) | |
321 | 4036 || (!did_undo && u_save(lnum, lnum + 1 + (empty ? 1 : 0)) |
4037 == FAIL)) | |
7 | 4038 { |
4039 vim_free(theline); | |
4040 break; | |
4041 } | |
4042 | |
169 | 4043 /* don't use autoindent if nothing was typed. */ |
4044 if (p[0] == NUL) | |
4045 theline[0] = NUL; | |
4046 | |
7 | 4047 did_undo = TRUE; |
4048 ml_append(lnum, theline, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
4049 appended_lines_mark(lnum, 1L); | |
4050 | |
4051 vim_free(theline); | |
4052 ++lnum; | |
165 | 4053 |
4054 if (empty) | |
4055 { | |
4056 ml_delete(2L, FALSE); | |
4057 empty = FALSE; | |
4058 } | |
7 | 4059 } |
4060 State = NORMAL; | |
4061 | |
169 | 4062 if (eap->forceit) |
4063 curbuf->b_p_ai = !curbuf->b_p_ai; | |
4064 | |
7 | 4065 /* "start" is set to eap->line2+1 unless that position is invalid (when |
1227 | 4066 * eap->line2 pointed to the end of the buffer and nothing was appended) |
7 | 4067 * "end" is set to lnum when something has been appended, otherwise |
4068 * it is the same than "start" -- Acevedo */ | |
4069 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = (eap->line2 < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) ? | |
4070 eap->line2 + 1 : curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
4071 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_append) | |
4072 --curbuf->b_op_start.lnum; | |
4073 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = (eap->line2 < lnum) | |
4074 ? lnum : curbuf->b_op_start.lnum; | |
4075 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; | |
4076 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
4077 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
4078 beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); | |
4079 | |
4080 need_wait_return = FALSE; /* don't use wait_return() now */ | |
4081 ex_no_reprint = TRUE; | |
4082 } | |
4083 | |
4084 /* | |
4085 * ":change" | |
4086 */ | |
4087 void | |
4088 ex_change(eap) | |
4089 exarg_T *eap; | |
4090 { | |
4091 linenr_T lnum; | |
4092 | |
4093 if (eap->line2 >= eap->line1 | |
4094 && u_save(eap->line1 - 1, eap->line2 + 1) == FAIL) | |
4095 return; | |
4096 | |
169 | 4097 /* the ! flag toggles autoindent */ |
4098 if (eap->forceit ? !curbuf->b_p_ai : curbuf->b_p_ai) | |
4099 append_indent = get_indent_lnum(eap->line1); | |
4100 | |
7 | 4101 for (lnum = eap->line2; lnum >= eap->line1; --lnum) |
4102 { | |
4103 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */ | |
4104 break; | |
4105 ml_delete(eap->line1, FALSE); | |
4106 } | |
1929 | 4107 |
4108 /* make sure the cursor is not beyond the end of the file now */ | |
4109 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
7 | 4110 deleted_lines_mark(eap->line1, (long)(eap->line2 - lnum)); |
4111 | |
4112 /* ":append" on the line above the deleted lines. */ | |
4113 eap->line2 = eap->line1; | |
4114 ex_append(eap); | |
4115 } | |
4116 | |
4117 void | |
4118 ex_z(eap) | |
4119 exarg_T *eap; | |
4120 { | |
4121 char_u *x; | |
165 | 4122 int bigness; |
4123 char_u *kind; | |
7 | 4124 int minus = 0; |
4125 linenr_T start, end, curs, i; | |
4126 int j; | |
4127 linenr_T lnum = eap->line2; | |
4128 | |
165 | 4129 /* Vi compatible: ":z!" uses display height, without a count uses |
4130 * 'scroll' */ | |
4131 if (eap->forceit) | |
4132 bigness = curwin->w_height; | |
5678 | 4133 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
4134 else if (firstwin != lastwin) | |
4135 bigness = curwin->w_height - 3; | |
4136 #endif | |
4137 else | |
165 | 4138 bigness = curwin->w_p_scr * 2; |
7 | 4139 if (bigness < 1) |
4140 bigness = 1; | |
4141 | |
4142 x = eap->arg; | |
165 | 4143 kind = x; |
4144 if (*kind == '-' || *kind == '+' || *kind == '=' | |
4145 || *kind == '^' || *kind == '.') | |
4146 ++x; | |
4147 while (*x == '-' || *x == '+') | |
7 | 4148 ++x; |
4149 | |
4150 if (*x != 0) | |
4151 { | |
4152 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(*x)) | |
4153 { | |
4154 EMSG(_("E144: non-numeric argument to :z")); | |
4155 return; | |
4156 } | |
4157 else | |
165 | 4158 { |
7 | 4159 bigness = atoi((char *)x); |
165 | 4160 p_window = bigness; |
169 | 4161 if (*kind == '=') |
4162 bigness += 2; | |
165 | 4163 } |
7 | 4164 } |
4165 | |
165 | 4166 /* the number of '-' and '+' multiplies the distance */ |
4167 if (*kind == '-' || *kind == '+') | |
4168 for (x = kind + 1; *x == *kind; ++x) | |
4169 ; | |
4170 | |
4171 switch (*kind) | |
7 | 4172 { |
4173 case '-': | |
2881 | 4174 start = lnum - bigness * (linenr_T)(x - kind) + 1; |
4175 end = start + bigness - 1; | |
165 | 4176 curs = end; |
7 | 4177 break; |
4178 | |
4179 case '=': | |
159 | 4180 start = lnum - (bigness + 1) / 2 + 1; |
4181 end = lnum + (bigness + 1) / 2 - 1; | |
7 | 4182 curs = lnum; |
4183 minus = 1; | |
4184 break; | |
4185 | |
4186 case '^': | |
4187 start = lnum - bigness * 2; | |
4188 end = lnum - bigness; | |
4189 curs = lnum - bigness; | |
4190 break; | |
4191 | |
4192 case '.': | |
159 | 4193 start = lnum - (bigness + 1) / 2 + 1; |
4194 end = lnum + (bigness + 1) / 2 - 1; | |
7 | 4195 curs = end; |
4196 break; | |
4197 | |
4198 default: /* '+' */ | |
4199 start = lnum; | |
165 | 4200 if (*kind == '+') |
835 | 4201 start += bigness * (linenr_T)(x - kind - 1) + 1; |
169 | 4202 else if (eap->addr_count == 0) |
4203 ++start; | |
4204 end = start + bigness - 1; | |
7 | 4205 curs = end; |
4206 break; | |
4207 } | |
4208 | |
4209 if (start < 1) | |
4210 start = 1; | |
4211 | |
4212 if (end > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4213 end = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
4214 | |
4215 if (curs > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4216 curs = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
4217 | |
4218 for (i = start; i <= end; i++) | |
4219 { | |
4220 if (minus && i == lnum) | |
4221 { | |
4222 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
4223 | |
4224 for (j = 1; j < Columns; j++) | |
4225 msg_putchar('-'); | |
4226 } | |
4227 | |
169 | 4228 print_line(i, eap->flags & EXFLAG_NR, eap->flags & EXFLAG_LIST); |
7 | 4229 |
4230 if (minus && i == lnum) | |
4231 { | |
4232 msg_putchar('\n'); | |
4233 | |
4234 for (j = 1; j < Columns; j++) | |
4235 msg_putchar('-'); | |
4236 } | |
4237 } | |
4238 | |
4239 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curs; | |
4240 ex_no_reprint = TRUE; | |
4241 } | |
4242 | |
4243 /* | |
4244 * Check if the restricted flag is set. | |
4245 * If so, give an error message and return TRUE. | |
4246 * Otherwise, return FALSE. | |
4247 */ | |
4248 int | |
4249 check_restricted() | |
4250 { | |
4251 if (restricted) | |
4252 { | |
4253 EMSG(_("E145: Shell commands not allowed in rvim")); | |
4254 return TRUE; | |
4255 } | |
4256 return FALSE; | |
4257 } | |
4258 | |
4259 /* | |
4260 * Check if the secure flag is set (.exrc or .vimrc in current directory). | |
4261 * If so, give an error message and return TRUE. | |
4262 * Otherwise, return FALSE. | |
4263 */ | |
4264 int | |
4265 check_secure() | |
4266 { | |
4267 if (secure) | |
4268 { | |
4269 secure = 2; | |
4270 EMSG(_(e_curdir)); | |
4271 return TRUE; | |
4272 } | |
4273 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX | |
4274 /* | |
4275 * In the sandbox more things are not allowed, including the things | |
4276 * disallowed in secure mode. | |
4277 */ | |
4278 if (sandbox != 0) | |
4279 { | |
4280 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); | |
4281 return TRUE; | |
4282 } | |
4283 #endif | |
4284 return FALSE; | |
4285 } | |
4286 | |
4287 static char_u *old_sub = NULL; /* previous substitute pattern */ | |
4288 static int global_need_beginline; /* call beginline() after ":g" */ | |
4289 | |
4290 /* do_sub() | |
4291 * | |
4292 * Perform a substitution from line eap->line1 to line eap->line2 using the | |
4293 * command pointed to by eap->arg which should be of the form: | |
4294 * | |
4295 * /pattern/substitution/{flags} | |
4296 * | |
4297 * The usual escapes are supported as described in the regexp docs. | |
4298 */ | |
4299 void | |
4300 do_sub(eap) | |
4301 exarg_T *eap; | |
4302 { | |
4303 linenr_T lnum; | |
4304 long i = 0; | |
4305 regmmatch_T regmatch; | |
4306 static int do_all = FALSE; /* do multiple substitutions per line */ | |
4307 static int do_ask = FALSE; /* ask for confirmation */ | |
170 | 4308 static int do_count = FALSE; /* count only */ |
7 | 4309 static int do_error = TRUE; /* if false, ignore errors */ |
4310 static int do_print = FALSE; /* print last line with subs. */ | |
169 | 4311 static int do_list = FALSE; /* list last line with subs. */ |
4312 static int do_number = FALSE; /* list last line with line nr*/ | |
7 | 4313 static int do_ic = 0; /* ignore case flag */ |
4314 char_u *pat = NULL, *sub = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
4315 int delimiter; | |
4316 int sublen; | |
4317 int got_quit = FALSE; | |
4318 int got_match = FALSE; | |
4319 int temp; | |
4320 int which_pat; | |
4321 char_u *cmd; | |
4322 int save_State; | |
165 | 4323 linenr_T first_line = 0; /* first changed line */ |
4324 linenr_T last_line= 0; /* below last changed line AFTER the | |
7 | 4325 * change */ |
4326 linenr_T old_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
4327 linenr_T line2; | |
165 | 4328 long nmatch; /* number of lines in match */ |
4329 char_u *sub_firstline; /* allocated copy of first sub line */ | |
4330 int endcolumn = FALSE; /* cursor in last column when done */ | |
170 | 4331 pos_T old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor; |
2126
e038754d419a
updated for version 7.2.408
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1929
diff
changeset
|
4332 int start_nsubs; |
3736 | 4333 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
5867 | 4334 int save_ma = 0; |
3736 | 4335 #endif |
7 | 4336 |
4337 cmd = eap->arg; | |
4338 if (!global_busy) | |
4339 { | |
4340 sub_nsubs = 0; | |
4341 sub_nlines = 0; | |
4342 } | |
2126
e038754d419a
updated for version 7.2.408
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1929
diff
changeset
|
4343 start_nsubs = sub_nsubs; |
7 | 4344 |
4345 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_tilde) | |
4346 which_pat = RE_LAST; /* use last used regexp */ | |
4347 else | |
4348 which_pat = RE_SUBST; /* use last substitute regexp */ | |
4349 | |
4350 /* new pattern and substitution */ | |
4351 if (eap->cmd[0] == 's' && *cmd != NUL && !vim_iswhite(*cmd) | |
4352 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"0123456789cegriIp|\"", *cmd) == NULL) | |
4353 { | |
4354 /* don't accept alphanumeric for separator */ | |
4355 if (isalpha(*cmd)) | |
4356 { | |
4357 EMSG(_("E146: Regular expressions can't be delimited by letters")); | |
4358 return; | |
4359 } | |
4360 /* | |
4361 * undocumented vi feature: | |
4362 * "\/sub/" and "\?sub?" use last used search pattern (almost like | |
4363 * //sub/r). "\&sub&" use last substitute pattern (like //sub/). | |
4364 */ | |
4365 if (*cmd == '\\') | |
4366 { | |
4367 ++cmd; | |
4368 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?&", *cmd) == NULL) | |
4369 { | |
4370 EMSG(_(e_backslash)); | |
4371 return; | |
4372 } | |
4373 if (*cmd != '&') | |
4374 which_pat = RE_SEARCH; /* use last '/' pattern */ | |
4375 pat = (char_u *)""; /* empty search pattern */ | |
4376 delimiter = *cmd++; /* remember delimiter character */ | |
4377 } | |
4378 else /* find the end of the regexp */ | |
4379 { | |
1466 | 4380 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP /* reverse the flow of the Farsi characters */ |
4381 if (p_altkeymap && curwin->w_p_rl) | |
4382 lrF_sub(cmd); | |
4383 #endif | |
7 | 4384 which_pat = RE_LAST; /* use last used regexp */ |
4385 delimiter = *cmd++; /* remember delimiter character */ | |
4386 pat = cmd; /* remember start of search pat */ | |
4387 cmd = skip_regexp(cmd, delimiter, p_magic, &eap->arg); | |
4388 if (cmd[0] == delimiter) /* end delimiter found */ | |
4389 *cmd++ = NUL; /* replace it with a NUL */ | |
4390 } | |
4391 | |
4392 /* | |
4393 * Small incompatibility: vi sees '\n' as end of the command, but in | |
4394 * Vim we want to use '\n' to find/substitute a NUL. | |
4395 */ | |
4396 sub = cmd; /* remember the start of the substitution */ | |
4397 | |
4398 while (cmd[0]) | |
4399 { | |
4400 if (cmd[0] == delimiter) /* end delimiter found */ | |
4401 { | |
4402 *cmd++ = NUL; /* replace it with a NUL */ | |
4403 break; | |
4404 } | |
4405 if (cmd[0] == '\\' && cmd[1] != 0) /* skip escaped characters */ | |
4406 ++cmd; | |
39 | 4407 mb_ptr_adv(cmd); |
7 | 4408 } |
4409 | |
4410 if (!eap->skip) | |
4411 { | |
169 | 4412 /* In POSIX vi ":s/pat/%/" uses the previous subst. string. */ |
4413 if (STRCMP(sub, "%") == 0 | |
4414 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SUBPERCENT) != NULL) | |
4415 { | |
4416 if (old_sub == NULL) /* there is no previous command */ | |
4417 { | |
4418 EMSG(_(e_nopresub)); | |
4419 return; | |
4420 } | |
4421 sub = old_sub; | |
4422 } | |
4423 else | |
4424 { | |
4425 vim_free(old_sub); | |
4426 old_sub = vim_strsave(sub); | |
4427 } | |
7 | 4428 } |
4429 } | |
4430 else if (!eap->skip) /* use previous pattern and substitution */ | |
4431 { | |
4432 if (old_sub == NULL) /* there is no previous command */ | |
4433 { | |
4434 EMSG(_(e_nopresub)); | |
4435 return; | |
4436 } | |
4437 pat = NULL; /* search_regcomp() will use previous pattern */ | |
4438 sub = old_sub; | |
163 | 4439 |
4440 /* Vi compatibility quirk: repeating with ":s" keeps the cursor in the | |
4441 * last column after using "$". */ | |
4442 endcolumn = (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL); | |
7 | 4443 } |
4444 | |
5776 | 4445 /* Recognize ":%s/\n//" and turn it into a join command, which is much |
4446 * more efficient. | |
4447 * TODO: find a generic solution to make line-joining operations more | |
4448 * efficient, avoid allocating a string that grows in size. | |
4449 */ | |
5802 | 4450 if (pat != NULL && STRCMP(pat, "\\n") == 0 |
5776 | 4451 && *sub == NUL |
4452 && (*cmd == NUL || (cmd[1] == NUL && (*cmd == 'g' || *cmd == 'l' | |
4453 || *cmd == 'p' || *cmd == '#')))) | |
4454 { | |
4455 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = eap->line1; | |
4456 if (*cmd == 'l') | |
4457 eap->flags = EXFLAG_LIST; | |
4458 else if (*cmd == '#') | |
4459 eap->flags = EXFLAG_NR; | |
4460 else if (*cmd == 'p') | |
4461 eap->flags = EXFLAG_PRINT; | |
4462 | |
5848 | 4463 (void)do_join(eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE); |
5776 | 4464 sub_nlines = sub_nsubs = eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1; |
4465 (void)do_sub_msg(FALSE); | |
4466 ex_may_print(eap); | |
4467 return; | |
4468 } | |
4469 | |
7 | 4470 /* |
4471 * Find trailing options. When '&' is used, keep old options. | |
4472 */ | |
4473 if (*cmd == '&') | |
4474 ++cmd; | |
4475 else | |
4476 { | |
4477 if (!p_ed) | |
4478 { | |
4479 if (p_gd) /* default is global on */ | |
4480 do_all = TRUE; | |
4481 else | |
4482 do_all = FALSE; | |
4483 do_ask = FALSE; | |
4484 } | |
4485 do_error = TRUE; | |
4486 do_print = FALSE; | |
587 | 4487 do_count = FALSE; |
1321 | 4488 do_number = FALSE; |
7 | 4489 do_ic = 0; |
4490 } | |
4491 while (*cmd) | |
4492 { | |
4493 /* | |
4494 * Note that 'g' and 'c' are always inverted, also when p_ed is off. | |
4495 * 'r' is never inverted. | |
4496 */ | |
4497 if (*cmd == 'g') | |
4498 do_all = !do_all; | |
4499 else if (*cmd == 'c') | |
4500 do_ask = !do_ask; | |
170 | 4501 else if (*cmd == 'n') |
4502 do_count = TRUE; | |
7 | 4503 else if (*cmd == 'e') |
4504 do_error = !do_error; | |
4505 else if (*cmd == 'r') /* use last used regexp */ | |
4506 which_pat = RE_LAST; | |
4507 else if (*cmd == 'p') | |
4508 do_print = TRUE; | |
169 | 4509 else if (*cmd == '#') |
4510 { | |
4511 do_print = TRUE; | |
4512 do_number = TRUE; | |
4513 } | |
4514 else if (*cmd == 'l') | |
4515 { | |
4516 do_print = TRUE; | |
4517 do_list = TRUE; | |
4518 } | |
7 | 4519 else if (*cmd == 'i') /* ignore case */ |
4520 do_ic = 'i'; | |
4521 else if (*cmd == 'I') /* don't ignore case */ | |
4522 do_ic = 'I'; | |
4523 else | |
4524 break; | |
4525 ++cmd; | |
4526 } | |
170 | 4527 if (do_count) |
4528 do_ask = FALSE; | |
7 | 4529 |
4530 /* | |
4531 * check for a trailing count | |
4532 */ | |
4533 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); | |
4534 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*cmd)) | |
4535 { | |
4536 i = getdigits(&cmd); | |
4537 if (i <= 0 && !eap->skip && do_error) | |
4538 { | |
4539 EMSG(_(e_zerocount)); | |
4540 return; | |
4541 } | |
4542 eap->line1 = eap->line2; | |
4543 eap->line2 += i - 1; | |
4544 if (eap->line2 > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
4545 eap->line2 = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
4546 } | |
4547 | |
4548 /* | |
4549 * check for trailing command or garbage | |
4550 */ | |
4551 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); | |
4552 if (*cmd && *cmd != '"') /* if not end-of-line or comment */ | |
4553 { | |
4554 eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(cmd); | |
4555 if (eap->nextcmd == NULL) | |
4556 { | |
4557 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); | |
4558 return; | |
4559 } | |
4560 } | |
4561 | |
4562 if (eap->skip) /* not executing commands, only parsing */ | |
4563 return; | |
4564 | |
823 | 4565 if (!do_count && !curbuf->b_p_ma) |
4566 { | |
825 | 4567 /* Substitution is not allowed in non-'modifiable' buffer */ |
823 | 4568 EMSG(_(e_modifiable)); |
4569 return; | |
4570 } | |
4571 | |
7 | 4572 if (search_regcomp(pat, RE_SUBST, which_pat, SEARCH_HIS, ®match) == FAIL) |
4573 { | |
4574 if (do_error) | |
4575 EMSG(_(e_invcmd)); | |
4576 return; | |
4577 } | |
4578 | |
4579 /* the 'i' or 'I' flag overrules 'ignorecase' and 'smartcase' */ | |
4580 if (do_ic == 'i') | |
4581 regmatch.rmm_ic = TRUE; | |
4582 else if (do_ic == 'I') | |
4583 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE; | |
4584 | |
4585 sub_firstline = NULL; | |
4586 | |
4587 /* | |
4588 * ~ in the substitute pattern is replaced with the old pattern. | |
4589 * We do it here once to avoid it to be replaced over and over again. | |
4590 * But don't do it when it starts with "\=", then it's an expression. | |
4591 */ | |
4592 if (!(sub[0] == '\\' && sub[1] == '=')) | |
4593 sub = regtilde(sub, p_magic); | |
4594 | |
4595 /* | |
4596 * Check for a match on each line. | |
4597 */ | |
4598 line2 = eap->line2; | |
4599 for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= line2 && !(got_quit | |
4600 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) && defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) | |
4601 || aborting() | |
4602 #endif | |
4603 ); ++lnum) | |
4604 { | |
1521 | 4605 nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, |
4606 (colnr_T)0, NULL); | |
7 | 4607 if (nmatch) |
4608 { | |
4609 colnr_T copycol; | |
4610 colnr_T matchcol; | |
4611 colnr_T prev_matchcol = MAXCOL; | |
4612 char_u *new_end, *new_start = NULL; | |
4613 unsigned new_start_len = 0; | |
4614 char_u *p1; | |
4615 int did_sub = FALSE; | |
4616 int lastone; | |
1872 | 4617 int len, copy_len, needed_len; |
7 | 4618 long nmatch_tl = 0; /* nr of lines matched below lnum */ |
4619 int do_again; /* do it again after joining lines */ | |
15 | 4620 int skip_match = FALSE; |
1499 | 4621 linenr_T sub_firstlnum; /* nr of first sub line */ |
7 | 4622 |
4623 /* | |
4624 * The new text is build up step by step, to avoid too much | |
4625 * copying. There are these pieces: | |
1581 | 4626 * sub_firstline The old text, unmodified. |
7 | 4627 * copycol Column in the old text where we started |
4628 * looking for a match; from here old text still | |
4629 * needs to be copied to the new text. | |
4630 * matchcol Column number of the old text where to look | |
4631 * for the next match. It's just after the | |
4632 * previous match or one further. | |
4633 * prev_matchcol Column just after the previous match (if any). | |
4634 * Mostly equal to matchcol, except for the first | |
4635 * match and after skipping an empty match. | |
4636 * regmatch.*pos Where the pattern matched in the old text. | |
4637 * new_start The new text, all that has been produced so | |
4638 * far. | |
4639 * new_end The new text, where to append new text. | |
4640 * | |
1499 | 4641 * lnum The line number where we found the start of |
4642 * the match. Can be below the line we searched | |
4643 * when there is a \n before a \zs in the | |
4644 * pattern. | |
7 | 4645 * sub_firstlnum The line number in the buffer where to look |
4646 * for a match. Can be different from "lnum" | |
4647 * when the pattern or substitute string contains | |
4648 * line breaks. | |
4649 * | |
4650 * Special situations: | |
4651 * - When the substitute string contains a line break, the part up | |
4652 * to the line break is inserted in the text, but the copy of | |
4653 * the original line is kept. "sub_firstlnum" is adjusted for | |
4654 * the inserted lines. | |
4655 * - When the matched pattern contains a line break, the old line | |
4656 * is taken from the line at the end of the pattern. The lines | |
4657 * in the match are deleted later, "sub_firstlnum" is adjusted | |
4658 * accordingly. | |
4659 * | |
4660 * The new text is built up in new_start[]. It has some extra | |
4661 * room to avoid using alloc()/free() too often. new_start_len is | |
1389 | 4662 * the length of the allocated memory at new_start. |
7 | 4663 * |
4664 * Make a copy of the old line, so it won't be taken away when | |
4665 * updating the screen or handling a multi-line match. The "old_" | |
4666 * pointers point into this copy. | |
4667 */ | |
1499 | 4668 sub_firstlnum = lnum; |
7 | 4669 copycol = 0; |
4670 matchcol = 0; | |
4671 | |
4672 /* At first match, remember current cursor position. */ | |
4673 if (!got_match) | |
4674 { | |
4675 setpcmark(); | |
4676 got_match = TRUE; | |
4677 } | |
4678 | |
4679 /* | |
4680 * Loop until nothing more to replace in this line. | |
4681 * 1. Handle match with empty string. | |
4682 * 2. If do_ask is set, ask for confirmation. | |
4683 * 3. substitute the string. | |
4684 * 4. if do_all is set, find next match | |
4685 * 5. break if there isn't another match in this line | |
4686 */ | |
4687 for (;;) | |
4688 { | |
1499 | 4689 /* Advance "lnum" to the line where the match starts. The |
4690 * match does not start in the first line when there is a line | |
4691 * break before \zs. */ | |
4692 if (regmatch.startpos[0].lnum > 0) | |
4693 { | |
4694 lnum += regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; | |
4695 sub_firstlnum += regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; | |
4696 nmatch -= regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; | |
4697 vim_free(sub_firstline); | |
4698 sub_firstline = NULL; | |
4699 } | |
4700 | |
4701 if (sub_firstline == NULL) | |
4702 { | |
4703 sub_firstline = vim_strsave(ml_get(sub_firstlnum)); | |
4704 if (sub_firstline == NULL) | |
4705 { | |
4706 vim_free(new_start); | |
4707 goto outofmem; | |
4708 } | |
4709 } | |
4710 | |
7 | 4711 /* Save the line number of the last change for the final |
4712 * cursor position (just like Vi). */ | |
4713 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
4714 do_again = FALSE; | |
4715 | |
4716 /* | |
4717 * 1. Match empty string does not count, except for first | |
4718 * match. This reproduces the strange vi behaviour. | |
4719 * This also catches endless loops. | |
4720 */ | |
4721 if (matchcol == prev_matchcol | |
4722 && regmatch.endpos[0].lnum == 0 | |
4723 && matchcol == regmatch.endpos[0].col) | |
4724 { | |
15 | 4725 if (sub_firstline[matchcol] == NUL) |
4726 /* We already were at the end of the line. Don't look | |
4727 * for a match in this line again. */ | |
4728 skip_match = TRUE; | |
4729 else | |
2837 | 4730 { |
4731 /* search for a match at next column */ | |
4732 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
4733 if (has_mbyte) | |
4734 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(sub_firstline + matchcol); | |
4735 else | |
4736 #endif | |
4737 ++matchcol; | |
4738 } | |
7 | 4739 goto skip; |
4740 } | |
4741 | |
4742 /* Normally we continue searching for a match just after the | |
4743 * previous match. */ | |
4744 matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col; | |
4745 prev_matchcol = matchcol; | |
4746 | |
4747 /* | |
170 | 4748 * 2. If do_count is set only increase the counter. |
4749 * If do_ask is set, ask for confirmation. | |
7 | 4750 */ |
170 | 4751 if (do_count) |
4752 { | |
4753 /* For a multi-line match, put matchcol at the NUL at | |
4754 * the end of the line and set nmatch to one, so that | |
4755 * we continue looking for a match on the next line. | |
4756 * Avoids that ":s/\nB\@=//gc" get stuck. */ | |
4757 if (nmatch > 1) | |
4758 { | |
835 | 4759 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline); |
170 | 4760 nmatch = 1; |
1483 | 4761 skip_match = TRUE; |
170 | 4762 } |
4763 sub_nsubs++; | |
4764 did_sub = TRUE; | |
3736 | 4765 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
4766 /* Skip the substitution, unless an expression is used, | |
4767 * then it is evaluated in the sandbox. */ | |
4768 if (!(sub[0] == '\\' && sub[1] == '=')) | |
4769 #endif | |
4770 goto skip; | |
170 | 4771 } |
4772 | |
7 | 4773 if (do_ask) |
4774 { | |
1874 | 4775 int typed = 0; |
1872 | 4776 |
7 | 4777 /* change State to CONFIRM, so that the mouse works |
4778 * properly */ | |
4779 save_State = State; | |
4780 State = CONFIRM; | |
4781 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
4782 setmouse(); /* disable mouse in xterm */ | |
4783 #endif | |
4784 curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.startpos[0].col; | |
4785 | |
4786 /* When 'cpoptions' contains "u" don't sync undo when | |
4787 * asking for confirmation. */ | |
4788 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_UNDO) != NULL) | |
4789 ++no_u_sync; | |
4790 | |
4791 /* | |
4792 * Loop until 'y', 'n', 'q', CTRL-E or CTRL-Y typed. | |
4793 */ | |
4794 while (do_ask) | |
4795 { | |
169 | 4796 if (exmode_active) |
4797 { | |
4798 char_u *resp; | |
4799 colnr_T sc, ec; | |
4800 | |
5396 | 4801 print_line_no_prefix(lnum, do_number, do_list); |
169 | 4802 |
4803 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &sc, NULL, NULL); | |
4804 curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col - 1; | |
4805 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &ec); | |
5396 | 4806 if (do_number || curwin->w_p_nu) |
4807 { | |
4808 int numw = number_width(curwin) + 1; | |
4809 sc += numw; | |
4810 ec += numw; | |
4811 } | |
169 | 4812 msg_start(); |
170 | 4813 for (i = 0; i < (long)sc; ++i) |
169 | 4814 msg_putchar(' '); |
170 | 4815 for ( ; i <= (long)ec; ++i) |
169 | 4816 msg_putchar('^'); |
4817 | |
4818 resp = getexmodeline('?', NULL, 0); | |
4819 if (resp != NULL) | |
4820 { | |
1872 | 4821 typed = *resp; |
169 | 4822 vim_free(resp); |
4823 } | |
4824 } | |
4825 else | |
4826 { | |
4076 | 4827 char_u *orig_line = NULL; |
4828 int len_change = 0; | |
7 | 4829 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
169 | 4830 int save_p_fen = curwin->w_p_fen; |
4831 | |
4832 curwin->w_p_fen = FALSE; | |
4833 #endif | |
4834 /* Invert the matched string. | |
4835 * Remove the inversion afterwards. */ | |
4836 temp = RedrawingDisabled; | |
4837 RedrawingDisabled = 0; | |
4838 | |
4076 | 4839 if (new_start != NULL) |
4840 { | |
4841 /* There already was a substitution, we would | |
4842 * like to show this to the user. We cannot | |
4843 * really update the line, it would change | |
4844 * what matches. Temporarily replace the line | |
4845 * and change it back afterwards. */ | |
4846 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(lnum)); | |
4847 if (orig_line != NULL) | |
4848 { | |
4849 char_u *new_line = concat_str(new_start, | |
4850 sub_firstline + copycol); | |
4851 | |
4852 if (new_line == NULL) | |
4853 { | |
4854 vim_free(orig_line); | |
4855 orig_line = NULL; | |
4856 } | |
4857 else | |
4858 { | |
4859 /* Position the cursor relative to the | |
4860 * end of the line, the previous | |
4861 * substitute may have inserted or | |
4862 * deleted characters before the | |
4863 * cursor. */ | |
4086 | 4864 len_change = (int)STRLEN(new_line) |
4865 - (int)STRLEN(orig_line); | |
4076 | 4866 curwin->w_cursor.col += len_change; |
4867 ml_replace(lnum, new_line, FALSE); | |
4868 } | |
4869 } | |
4870 } | |
4871 | |
1499 | 4872 search_match_lines = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum |
4873 - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; | |
4076 | 4874 search_match_endcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col |
4875 + len_change; | |
169 | 4876 highlight_match = TRUE; |
4877 | |
4878 update_topline(); | |
4879 validate_cursor(); | |
748 | 4880 update_screen(SOME_VALID); |
169 | 4881 highlight_match = FALSE; |
748 | 4882 redraw_later(SOME_VALID); |
7 | 4883 |
4884 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
169 | 4885 curwin->w_p_fen = save_p_fen; |
4886 #endif | |
4887 if (msg_row == Rows - 1) | |
4888 msg_didout = FALSE; /* avoid a scroll-up */ | |
4889 msg_starthere(); | |
4890 i = msg_scroll; | |
4891 msg_scroll = 0; /* truncate msg when | |
4892 needed */ | |
4893 msg_no_more = TRUE; | |
4894 /* write message same highlighting as for | |
4895 * wait_return */ | |
4896 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), | |
4897 (char_u *)_("replace with %s (y/n/a/q/l/^E/^Y)?"), sub); | |
4898 msg_no_more = FALSE; | |
4899 msg_scroll = i; | |
4900 showruler(TRUE); | |
4901 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col); | |
4902 RedrawingDisabled = temp; | |
7 | 4903 |
4904 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL | |
169 | 4905 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ |
4906 #endif | |
4907 ++no_mapping; /* don't map this key */ | |
4908 ++allow_keys; /* allow special keys */ | |
1872 | 4909 typed = plain_vgetc(); |
169 | 4910 --allow_keys; |
4911 --no_mapping; | |
4912 | |
4913 /* clear the question */ | |
4914 msg_didout = FALSE; /* don't scroll up */ | |
4915 msg_col = 0; | |
4916 gotocmdline(TRUE); | |
4076 | 4917 |
4918 /* restore the line */ | |
4919 if (orig_line != NULL) | |
4920 ml_replace(lnum, orig_line, FALSE); | |
169 | 4921 } |
4922 | |
7 | 4923 need_wait_return = FALSE; /* no hit-return prompt */ |
1872 | 4924 if (typed == 'q' || typed == ESC || typed == Ctrl_C |
7 | 4925 #ifdef UNIX |
1872 | 4926 || typed == intr_char |
7 | 4927 #endif |
4928 ) | |
4929 { | |
4930 got_quit = TRUE; | |
4931 break; | |
4932 } | |
1872 | 4933 if (typed == 'n') |
7 | 4934 break; |
1872 | 4935 if (typed == 'y') |
7 | 4936 break; |
1872 | 4937 if (typed == 'l') |
7 | 4938 { |
4939 /* last: replace and then stop */ | |
4940 do_all = FALSE; | |
4941 line2 = lnum; | |
4942 break; | |
4943 } | |
1872 | 4944 if (typed == 'a') |
7 | 4945 { |
4946 do_ask = FALSE; | |
4947 break; | |
4948 } | |
4949 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
1872 | 4950 if (typed == Ctrl_E) |
7 | 4951 scrollup_clamp(); |
1872 | 4952 else if (typed == Ctrl_Y) |
7 | 4953 scrolldown_clamp(); |
4954 #endif | |
4955 } | |
4956 State = save_State; | |
4957 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE | |
4958 setmouse(); | |
4959 #endif | |
4960 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_UNDO) != NULL) | |
4961 --no_u_sync; | |
4962 | |
1872 | 4963 if (typed == 'n') |
7 | 4964 { |
4965 /* For a multi-line match, put matchcol at the NUL at | |
4966 * the end of the line and set nmatch to one, so that | |
4967 * we continue looking for a match on the next line. | |
1091 | 4968 * Avoids that ":%s/\nB\@=//gc" and ":%s/\n/,\r/gc" |
4969 * get stuck when pressing 'n'. */ | |
7 | 4970 if (nmatch > 1) |
4971 { | |
835 | 4972 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline); |
1091 | 4973 skip_match = TRUE; |
7 | 4974 } |
4975 goto skip; | |
4976 } | |
4977 if (got_quit) | |
4099 | 4978 goto skip; |
7 | 4979 } |
4980 | |
4981 /* Move the cursor to the start of the match, so that we can | |
4982 * use "\=col("."). */ | |
4983 curwin->w_cursor.col = regmatch.startpos[0].col; | |
4984 | |
4985 /* | |
4986 * 3. substitute the string. | |
4987 */ | |
3736 | 4988 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
4989 if (do_count) | |
4990 { | |
3786 | 4991 /* prevent accidentally changing the buffer by a function */ |
3736 | 4992 save_ma = curbuf->b_p_ma; |
4993 curbuf->b_p_ma = FALSE; | |
4994 sandbox++; | |
4995 } | |
4996 #endif | |
7 | 4997 /* get length of substitution part */ |
1499 | 4998 sublen = vim_regsub_multi(®match, |
4999 sub_firstlnum - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum, | |
7 | 5000 sub, sub_firstline, FALSE, p_magic, TRUE); |
3736 | 5001 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
5002 if (do_count) | |
5003 { | |
5004 curbuf->b_p_ma = save_ma; | |
5005 sandbox--; | |
5006 goto skip; | |
5007 } | |
5008 #endif | |
7 | 5009 |
533 | 5010 /* When the match included the "$" of the last line it may |
819 | 5011 * go beyond the last line of the buffer. */ |
533 | 5012 if (nmatch > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - sub_firstlnum + 1) |
5013 { | |
5014 nmatch = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - sub_firstlnum + 1; | |
5015 skip_match = TRUE; | |
5016 } | |
5017 | |
7 | 5018 /* Need room for: |
5019 * - result so far in new_start (not for first sub in line) | |
5020 * - original text up to match | |
5021 * - length of substituted part | |
5022 * - original text after match | |
5023 */ | |
5024 if (nmatch == 1) | |
5025 p1 = sub_firstline; | |
5026 else | |
5027 { | |
5028 p1 = ml_get(sub_firstlnum + nmatch - 1); | |
5029 nmatch_tl += nmatch - 1; | |
5030 } | |
1872 | 5031 copy_len = regmatch.startpos[0].col - copycol; |
5032 needed_len = copy_len + ((unsigned)STRLEN(p1) | |
5033 - regmatch.endpos[0].col) + sublen + 1; | |
7 | 5034 if (new_start == NULL) |
5035 { | |
5036 /* | |
5037 * Get some space for a temporary buffer to do the | |
5038 * substitution into (and some extra space to avoid | |
5039 * too many calls to alloc()/free()). | |
5040 */ | |
5041 new_start_len = needed_len + 50; | |
5042 if ((new_start = alloc_check(new_start_len)) == NULL) | |
5043 goto outofmem; | |
5044 *new_start = NUL; | |
5045 new_end = new_start; | |
5046 } | |
5047 else | |
5048 { | |
5049 /* | |
5050 * Check if the temporary buffer is long enough to do the | |
5051 * substitution into. If not, make it larger (with a bit | |
5052 * extra to avoid too many calls to alloc()/free()). | |
5053 */ | |
5054 len = (unsigned)STRLEN(new_start); | |
5055 needed_len += len; | |
1872 | 5056 if (needed_len > (int)new_start_len) |
7 | 5057 { |
5058 new_start_len = needed_len + 50; | |
5059 if ((p1 = alloc_check(new_start_len)) == NULL) | |
5060 { | |
5061 vim_free(new_start); | |
5062 goto outofmem; | |
5063 } | |
5064 mch_memmove(p1, new_start, (size_t)(len + 1)); | |
5065 vim_free(new_start); | |
5066 new_start = p1; | |
5067 } | |
5068 new_end = new_start + len; | |
5069 } | |
5070 | |
5071 /* | |
5072 * copy the text up to the part that matched | |
5073 */ | |
1872 | 5074 mch_memmove(new_end, sub_firstline + copycol, (size_t)copy_len); |
5075 new_end += copy_len; | |
7 | 5076 |
1499 | 5077 (void)vim_regsub_multi(®match, |
5078 sub_firstlnum - regmatch.startpos[0].lnum, | |
7 | 5079 sub, new_end, TRUE, p_magic, TRUE); |
5080 sub_nsubs++; | |
5081 did_sub = TRUE; | |
5082 | |
5083 /* Move the cursor to the start of the line, to avoid that it | |
5084 * is beyond the end of the line after the substitution. */ | |
5085 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
5086 | |
5087 /* For a multi-line match, make a copy of the last matched | |
5088 * line and continue in that one. */ | |
5089 if (nmatch > 1) | |
5090 { | |
5091 sub_firstlnum += nmatch - 1; | |
5092 vim_free(sub_firstline); | |
5093 sub_firstline = vim_strsave(ml_get(sub_firstlnum)); | |
5094 /* When going beyond the last line, stop substituting. */ | |
5095 if (sub_firstlnum <= line2) | |
5096 do_again = TRUE; | |
5097 else | |
5098 do_all = FALSE; | |
5099 } | |
5100 | |
5101 /* Remember next character to be copied. */ | |
5102 copycol = regmatch.endpos[0].col; | |
5103 | |
819 | 5104 if (skip_match) |
5105 { | |
5106 /* Already hit end of the buffer, sub_firstlnum is one | |
5107 * less than what it ought to be. */ | |
5108 vim_free(sub_firstline); | |
5109 sub_firstline = vim_strsave((char_u *)""); | |
5110 copycol = 0; | |
5111 } | |
5112 | |
7 | 5113 /* |
5114 * Now the trick is to replace CTRL-M chars with a real line | |
5115 * break. This would make it impossible to insert a CTRL-M in | |
5116 * the text. The line break can be avoided by preceding the | |
5117 * CTRL-M with a backslash. To be able to insert a backslash, | |
5118 * they must be doubled in the string and are halved here. | |
5119 * That is Vi compatible. | |
5120 */ | |
5121 for (p1 = new_end; *p1; ++p1) | |
5122 { | |
5123 if (p1[0] == '\\' && p1[1] != NUL) /* remove backslash */ | |
1624 | 5124 STRMOVE(p1, p1 + 1); |
7 | 5125 else if (*p1 == CAR) |
5126 { | |
5127 if (u_inssub(lnum) == OK) /* prepare for undo */ | |
5128 { | |
5129 *p1 = NUL; /* truncate up to the CR */ | |
5130 ml_append(lnum - 1, new_start, | |
5131 (colnr_T)(p1 - new_start + 1), FALSE); | |
5132 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L); | |
5133 if (do_ask) | |
5134 appended_lines(lnum - 1, 1L); | |
5135 else | |
5136 { | |
5137 if (first_line == 0) | |
5138 first_line = lnum; | |
5139 last_line = lnum + 1; | |
5140 } | |
5141 /* All line numbers increase. */ | |
5142 ++sub_firstlnum; | |
5143 ++lnum; | |
5144 ++line2; | |
5145 /* move the cursor to the new line, like Vi */ | |
5146 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
1444 | 5147 /* copy the rest */ |
1624 | 5148 STRMOVE(new_start, p1 + 1); |
7 | 5149 p1 = new_start - 1; |
5150 } | |
5151 } | |
5152 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
5153 else if (has_mbyte) | |
474 | 5154 p1 += (*mb_ptr2len)(p1) - 1; |
7 | 5155 #endif |
5156 } | |
5157 | |
5158 /* | |
5159 * 4. If do_all is set, find next match. | |
5160 * Prevent endless loop with patterns that match empty | |
5161 * strings, e.g. :s/$/pat/g or :s/[a-z]* /(&)/g. | |
5162 * But ":s/\n/#/" is OK. | |
5163 */ | |
5164 skip: | |
5165 /* We already know that we did the last subst when we are at | |
5166 * the end of the line, except that a pattern like | |
1499 | 5167 * "bar\|\nfoo" may match at the NUL. "lnum" can be below |
5168 * "line2" when there is a \zs in the pattern after a line | |
5169 * break. */ | |
15 | 5170 lastone = (skip_match |
5171 || got_int | |
5172 || got_quit | |
1499 | 5173 || lnum > line2 |
15 | 5174 || !(do_all || do_again) |
5175 || (sub_firstline[matchcol] == NUL && nmatch <= 1 | |
5176 && !re_multiline(regmatch.regprog))); | |
7 | 5177 nmatch = -1; |
5178 | |
5179 /* | |
5180 * Replace the line in the buffer when needed. This is | |
5181 * skipped when there are more matches. | |
5182 * The check for nmatch_tl is needed for when multi-line | |
5183 * matching must replace the lines before trying to do another | |
5184 * match, otherwise "\@<=" won't work. | |
1499 | 5185 * When the match starts below where we start searching also |
5186 * need to replace the line first (using \zs after \n). | |
7 | 5187 */ |
5188 if (lastone | |
5189 || nmatch_tl > 0 | |
5190 || (nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, | |
1521 | 5191 curbuf, sub_firstlnum, |
5192 matchcol, NULL)) == 0 | |
1499 | 5193 || regmatch.startpos[0].lnum > 0) |
7 | 5194 { |
5195 if (new_start != NULL) | |
5196 { | |
5197 /* | |
5198 * Copy the rest of the line, that didn't match. | |
5199 * "matchcol" has to be adjusted, we use the end of | |
5200 * the line as reference, because the substitute may | |
5201 * have changed the number of characters. Same for | |
5202 * "prev_matchcol". | |
5203 */ | |
5204 STRCAT(new_start, sub_firstline + copycol); | |
5205 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) - matchcol; | |
5206 prev_matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) | |
5207 - prev_matchcol; | |
5208 | |
5209 if (u_savesub(lnum) != OK) | |
5210 break; | |
5211 ml_replace(lnum, new_start, TRUE); | |
5212 | |
5213 if (nmatch_tl > 0) | |
5214 { | |
5215 /* | |
5216 * Matched lines have now been substituted and are | |
5217 * useless, delete them. The part after the match | |
5218 * has been appended to new_start, we don't need | |
5219 * it in the buffer. | |
5220 */ | |
5221 ++lnum; | |
5222 if (u_savedel(lnum, nmatch_tl) != OK) | |
5223 break; | |
5224 for (i = 0; i < nmatch_tl; ++i) | |
5225 ml_delete(lnum, (int)FALSE); | |
5226 mark_adjust(lnum, lnum + nmatch_tl - 1, | |
5227 (long)MAXLNUM, -nmatch_tl); | |
5228 if (do_ask) | |
5229 deleted_lines(lnum, nmatch_tl); | |
5230 --lnum; | |
5231 line2 -= nmatch_tl; /* nr of lines decreases */ | |
5232 nmatch_tl = 0; | |
5233 } | |
5234 | |
5235 /* When asking, undo is saved each time, must also set | |
5236 * changed flag each time. */ | |
5237 if (do_ask) | |
5238 changed_bytes(lnum, 0); | |
5239 else | |
5240 { | |
5241 if (first_line == 0) | |
5242 first_line = lnum; | |
5243 last_line = lnum + 1; | |
5244 } | |
5245 | |
5246 sub_firstlnum = lnum; | |
5247 vim_free(sub_firstline); /* free the temp buffer */ | |
5248 sub_firstline = new_start; | |
5249 new_start = NULL; | |
5250 matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) - matchcol; | |
5251 prev_matchcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(sub_firstline) | |
5252 - prev_matchcol; | |
5253 copycol = 0; | |
5254 } | |
5255 if (nmatch == -1 && !lastone) | |
5256 nmatch = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, | |
1521 | 5257 sub_firstlnum, matchcol, NULL); |
7 | 5258 |
5259 /* | |
5260 * 5. break if there isn't another match in this line | |
5261 */ | |
5262 if (nmatch <= 0) | |
1499 | 5263 { |
5264 /* If the match found didn't start where we were | |
5265 * searching, do the next search in the line where we | |
5266 * found the match. */ | |
5267 if (nmatch == -1) | |
5268 lnum -= regmatch.startpos[0].lnum; | |
7 | 5269 break; |
1499 | 5270 } |
7 | 5271 } |
5272 | |
5273 line_breakcheck(); | |
5274 } | |
5275 | |
5276 if (did_sub) | |
5277 ++sub_nlines; | |
1720 | 5278 vim_free(new_start); /* for when substitute was cancelled */ |
7 | 5279 vim_free(sub_firstline); /* free the copy of the original line */ |
5280 sub_firstline = NULL; | |
5281 } | |
5282 | |
5283 line_breakcheck(); | |
5284 } | |
5285 | |
5286 if (first_line != 0) | |
5287 { | |
5288 /* Need to subtract the number of added lines from "last_line" to get | |
5289 * the line number before the change (same as adding the number of | |
5290 * deleted lines). */ | |
5291 i = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_line_count; | |
5292 changed_lines(first_line, 0, last_line - i, i); | |
5293 } | |
5294 | |
5295 outofmem: | |
5296 vim_free(sub_firstline); /* may have to free allocated copy of the line */ | |
170 | 5297 |
5298 /* ":s/pat//n" doesn't move the cursor */ | |
5299 if (do_count) | |
5300 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor; | |
5301 | |
2126
e038754d419a
updated for version 7.2.408
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
1929
diff
changeset
|
5302 if (sub_nsubs > start_nsubs) |
7 | 5303 { |
5304 /* Set the '[ and '] marks. */ | |
5305 curbuf->b_op_start.lnum = eap->line1; | |
5306 curbuf->b_op_end.lnum = line2; | |
5307 curbuf->b_op_start.col = curbuf->b_op_end.col = 0; | |
5308 | |
5309 if (!global_busy) | |
5310 { | |
3394 | 5311 if (!do_ask) /* when interactive leave cursor on the match */ |
5312 { | |
5313 if (endcolumn) | |
5314 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); | |
5315 else | |
5316 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
5317 } | |
170 | 5318 if (!do_sub_msg(do_count) && do_ask) |
7 | 5319 MSG(""); |
5320 } | |
5321 else | |
5322 global_need_beginline = TRUE; | |
5323 if (do_print) | |
169 | 5324 print_line(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, do_number, do_list); |
7 | 5325 } |
5326 else if (!global_busy) | |
5327 { | |
5328 if (got_int) /* interrupted */ | |
5329 EMSG(_(e_interr)); | |
5330 else if (got_match) /* did find something but nothing substituted */ | |
5331 MSG(""); | |
5332 else if (do_error) /* nothing found */ | |
5333 EMSG2(_(e_patnotf2), get_search_pat()); | |
5334 } | |
5335 | |
4035 | 5336 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
5337 if (do_ask && hasAnyFolding(curwin)) | |
5338 /* Cursor position may require updating */ | |
5339 changed_window_setting(); | |
5340 #endif | |
5341 | |
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4613
diff
changeset
|
5342 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
7 | 5343 } |
5344 | |
5345 /* | |
5346 * Give message for number of substitutions. | |
5347 * Can also be used after a ":global" command. | |
5348 * Return TRUE if a message was given. | |
5349 */ | |
484 | 5350 int |
170 | 5351 do_sub_msg(count_only) |
5352 int count_only; /* used 'n' flag for ":s" */ | |
7 | 5353 { |
5354 /* | |
5355 * Only report substitutions when: | |
5356 * - more than 'report' substitutions | |
5357 * - command was typed by user, or number of changed lines > 'report' | |
5358 * - giving messages is not disabled by 'lazyredraw' | |
5359 */ | |
170 | 5360 if (((sub_nsubs > p_report && (KeyTyped || sub_nlines > 1 || p_report < 1)) |
5361 || count_only) | |
7 | 5362 && messaging()) |
5363 { | |
5364 if (got_int) | |
5365 STRCPY(msg_buf, _("(Interrupted) ")); | |
2290
22529abcd646
Fixed ":s" message. Docs updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
5366 else |
22529abcd646
Fixed ":s" message. Docs updates.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2280
diff
changeset
|
5367 *msg_buf = NUL; |
7 | 5368 if (sub_nsubs == 1) |
2280
941ff1cd317a
Add file save counter to undo information. Add undotree() function.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2254
diff
changeset
|
5369 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), |
274 | 5370 "%s", count_only ? _("1 match") : _("1 substitution")); |
7 | 5371 else |
2280
941ff1cd317a
Add file save counter to undo information. Add undotree() function.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2254
diff
changeset
|
5372 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), |
170 | 5373 count_only ? _("%ld matches") : _("%ld substitutions"), |
7 | 5374 sub_nsubs); |
5375 if (sub_nlines == 1) | |
2280
941ff1cd317a
Add file save counter to undo information. Add undotree() function.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2254
diff
changeset
|
5376 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), |
274 | 5377 "%s", _(" on 1 line")); |
7 | 5378 else |
2280
941ff1cd317a
Add file save counter to undo information. Add undotree() function.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2254
diff
changeset
|
5379 vim_snprintf_add((char *)msg_buf, sizeof(msg_buf), |
274 | 5380 _(" on %ld lines"), (long)sub_nlines); |
7 | 5381 if (msg(msg_buf)) |
5382 /* save message to display it after redraw */ | |
680 | 5383 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0); |
7 | 5384 return TRUE; |
5385 } | |
5386 if (got_int) | |
5387 { | |
5388 EMSG(_(e_interr)); | |
5389 return TRUE; | |
5390 } | |
5391 return FALSE; | |
5392 } | |
5393 | |
5394 /* | |
5395 * Execute a global command of the form: | |
5396 * | |
5397 * g/pattern/X : execute X on all lines where pattern matches | |
5398 * v/pattern/X : execute X on all lines where pattern does not match | |
5399 * | |
5400 * where 'X' is an EX command | |
5401 * | |
5402 * The command character (as well as the trailing slash) is optional, and | |
5403 * is assumed to be 'p' if missing. | |
5404 * | |
5405 * This is implemented in two passes: first we scan the file for the pattern and | |
3786 | 5406 * set a mark for each line that (not) matches. Secondly we execute the command |
7 | 5407 * for each line that has a mark. This is required because after deleting |
5408 * lines we do not know where to search for the next match. | |
5409 */ | |
5410 void | |
5411 ex_global(eap) | |
5412 exarg_T *eap; | |
5413 { | |
5414 linenr_T lnum; /* line number according to old situation */ | |
170 | 5415 int ndone = 0; |
7 | 5416 int type; /* first char of cmd: 'v' or 'g' */ |
5417 char_u *cmd; /* command argument */ | |
5418 | |
5419 char_u delim; /* delimiter, normally '/' */ | |
5420 char_u *pat; | |
5421 regmmatch_T regmatch; | |
5422 int match; | |
5423 int which_pat; | |
5424 | |
5425 if (global_busy) | |
5426 { | |
5427 EMSG(_("E147: Cannot do :global recursive")); /* will increment global_busy */ | |
5428 return; | |
5429 } | |
5430 | |
5431 if (eap->forceit) /* ":global!" is like ":vglobal" */ | |
5432 type = 'v'; | |
5433 else | |
5434 type = *eap->cmd; | |
5435 cmd = eap->arg; | |
5436 which_pat = RE_LAST; /* default: use last used regexp */ | |
5437 | |
5438 /* | |
5439 * undocumented vi feature: | |
5440 * "\/" and "\?": use previous search pattern. | |
5441 * "\&": use previous substitute pattern. | |
5442 */ | |
5443 if (*cmd == '\\') | |
5444 { | |
5445 ++cmd; | |
5446 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"/?&", *cmd) == NULL) | |
5447 { | |
5448 EMSG(_(e_backslash)); | |
5449 return; | |
5450 } | |
5451 if (*cmd == '&') | |
5452 which_pat = RE_SUBST; /* use previous substitute pattern */ | |
5453 else | |
5454 which_pat = RE_SEARCH; /* use previous search pattern */ | |
5455 ++cmd; | |
5456 pat = (char_u *)""; | |
5457 } | |
5458 else if (*cmd == NUL) | |
5459 { | |
5460 EMSG(_("E148: Regular expression missing from global")); | |
5461 return; | |
5462 } | |
5463 else | |
5464 { | |
5465 delim = *cmd; /* get the delimiter */ | |
5466 if (delim) | |
5467 ++cmd; /* skip delimiter if there is one */ | |
5468 pat = cmd; /* remember start of pattern */ | |
5469 cmd = skip_regexp(cmd, delim, p_magic, &eap->arg); | |
5470 if (cmd[0] == delim) /* end delimiter found */ | |
5471 *cmd++ = NUL; /* replace it with a NUL */ | |
5472 } | |
5473 | |
5474 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP /* when in Farsi mode, reverse the character flow */ | |
5475 if (p_altkeymap && curwin->w_p_rl) | |
5476 lrFswap(pat,0); | |
5477 #endif | |
5478 | |
5479 if (search_regcomp(pat, RE_BOTH, which_pat, SEARCH_HIS, ®match) == FAIL) | |
5480 { | |
5481 EMSG(_(e_invcmd)); | |
5482 return; | |
5483 } | |
5484 | |
5485 /* | |
5486 * pass 1: set marks for each (not) matching line | |
5487 */ | |
5488 for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2 && !got_int; ++lnum) | |
5489 { | |
5490 /* a match on this line? */ | |
1521 | 5491 match = vim_regexec_multi(®match, curwin, curbuf, lnum, |
5492 (colnr_T)0, NULL); | |
7 | 5493 if ((type == 'g' && match) || (type == 'v' && !match)) |
5494 { | |
5495 ml_setmarked(lnum); | |
5496 ndone++; | |
5497 } | |
5498 line_breakcheck(); | |
5499 } | |
5500 | |
5501 /* | |
5502 * pass 2: execute the command for each line that has been marked | |
5503 */ | |
5504 if (got_int) | |
5505 MSG(_(e_interr)); | |
5506 else if (ndone == 0) | |
5507 { | |
5508 if (type == 'v') | |
274 | 5509 smsg((char_u *)_("Pattern found in every line: %s"), pat); |
7 | 5510 else |
4195 | 5511 smsg((char_u *)_("Pattern not found: %s"), pat); |
7 | 5512 } |
5513 else | |
5514 global_exe(cmd); | |
5515 | |
5516 ml_clearmarked(); /* clear rest of the marks */ | |
4805
66803af09906
updated for version 7.3.1149
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
4613
diff
changeset
|
5517 vim_regfree(regmatch.regprog); |
7 | 5518 } |
5519 | |
5520 /* | |
5521 * Execute "cmd" on lines marked with ml_setmarked(). | |
5522 */ | |
5523 void | |
5524 global_exe(cmd) | |
5525 char_u *cmd; | |
5526 { | |
2819 | 5527 linenr_T old_lcount; /* b_ml.ml_line_count before the command */ |
5528 buf_T *old_buf = curbuf; /* remember what buffer we started in */ | |
5529 linenr_T lnum; /* line number according to old situation */ | |
7 | 5530 |
5531 /* | |
5532 * Set current position only once for a global command. | |
5533 * If global_busy is set, setpcmark() will not do anything. | |
5534 * If there is an error, global_busy will be incremented. | |
5535 */ | |
5536 setpcmark(); | |
5537 | |
5538 /* When the command writes a message, don't overwrite the command. */ | |
5539 msg_didout = TRUE; | |
5540 | |
2127
4e22214f8464
updated for version 7.2.409
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2126
diff
changeset
|
5541 sub_nsubs = 0; |
4e22214f8464
updated for version 7.2.409
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2126
diff
changeset
|
5542 sub_nlines = 0; |
7 | 5543 global_need_beginline = FALSE; |
5544 global_busy = 1; | |
5545 old_lcount = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
5546 while (!got_int && (lnum = ml_firstmarked()) != 0 && global_busy == 1) | |
5547 { | |
5548 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
5549 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; | |
5550 if (*cmd == NUL || *cmd == '\n') | |
5551 do_cmdline((char_u *)"p", NULL, NULL, DOCMD_NOWAIT); | |
5552 else | |
5553 do_cmdline(cmd, NULL, NULL, DOCMD_NOWAIT); | |
5554 ui_breakcheck(); | |
5555 } | |
5556 | |
5557 global_busy = 0; | |
5558 if (global_need_beginline) | |
5559 beginline(BL_WHITE | BL_FIX); | |
5560 else | |
5561 check_cursor(); /* cursor may be beyond the end of the line */ | |
5562 | |
39 | 5563 /* the cursor may not have moved in the text but a change in a previous |
5564 * line may move it on the screen */ | |
5565 changed_line_abv_curs(); | |
5566 | |
7 | 5567 /* If it looks like no message was written, allow overwriting the |
5568 * command with the report for number of changes. */ | |
5569 if (msg_col == 0 && msg_scrolled == 0) | |
5570 msg_didout = FALSE; | |
5571 | |
1227 | 5572 /* If substitutes done, report number of substitutes, otherwise report |
2819 | 5573 * number of extra or deleted lines. |
5574 * Don't report extra or deleted lines in the edge case where the buffer | |
5575 * we are in after execution is different from the buffer we started in. */ | |
5576 if (!do_sub_msg(FALSE) && curbuf == old_buf) | |
7 | 5577 msgmore(curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count - old_lcount); |
5578 } | |
5579 | |
5580 #ifdef FEAT_VIMINFO | |
5581 int | |
5582 read_viminfo_sub_string(virp, force) | |
5583 vir_T *virp; | |
5584 int force; | |
5585 { | |
2690 | 5586 if (force) |
7 | 5587 vim_free(old_sub); |
5588 if (force || old_sub == NULL) | |
5589 old_sub = viminfo_readstring(virp, 1, TRUE); | |
5590 return viminfo_readline(virp); | |
5591 } | |
5592 | |
5593 void | |
5594 write_viminfo_sub_string(fp) | |
5595 FILE *fp; | |
5596 { | |
5597 if (get_viminfo_parameter('/') != 0 && old_sub != NULL) | |
5598 { | |
2545
298d8d6e69be
Avoid warnings from the clang compiler. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2394
diff
changeset
|
5599 fputs(_("\n# Last Substitute String:\n$"), fp); |
7 | 5600 viminfo_writestring(fp, old_sub); |
5601 } | |
5602 } | |
5603 #endif /* FEAT_VIMINFO */ | |
5604 | |
359 | 5605 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
5606 void | |
5607 free_old_sub() | |
5608 { | |
5609 vim_free(old_sub); | |
5610 } | |
5611 #endif | |
5612 | |
7 | 5613 #if (defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)) || defined(PROTO) |
5614 /* | |
5615 * Set up for a tagpreview. | |
735 | 5616 * Return TRUE when it was created. |
7 | 5617 */ |
735 | 5618 int |
816 | 5619 prepare_tagpreview(undo_sync) |
5620 int undo_sync; /* sync undo when leaving the window */ | |
7 | 5621 { |
5622 win_T *wp; | |
5623 | |
5624 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5625 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; | |
5626 # endif | |
5627 | |
5628 /* | |
5629 * If there is already a preview window open, use that one. | |
5630 */ | |
5631 if (!curwin->w_p_pvw) | |
5632 { | |
5633 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
5634 if (wp->w_p_pvw) | |
5635 break; | |
5636 if (wp != NULL) | |
816 | 5637 win_enter(wp, undo_sync); |
7 | 5638 else |
5639 { | |
5640 /* | |
5641 * There is no preview window open yet. Create one. | |
5642 */ | |
5643 if (win_split(g_do_tagpreview > 0 ? g_do_tagpreview : 0, 0) | |
5644 == FAIL) | |
735 | 5645 return FALSE; |
7 | 5646 curwin->w_p_pvw = TRUE; |
5647 curwin->w_p_wfh = TRUE; | |
2583 | 5648 RESET_BINDING(curwin); /* don't take over 'scrollbind' |
5649 and 'cursorbind' */ | |
7 | 5650 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
5651 curwin->w_p_diff = FALSE; /* no 'diff' */ | |
5652 # endif | |
5653 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
5654 curwin->w_p_fdc = 0; /* no 'foldcolumn' */ | |
5655 # endif | |
735 | 5656 return TRUE; |
7 | 5657 } |
5658 } | |
735 | 5659 return FALSE; |
7 | 5660 } |
5661 | |
5662 #endif | |
5663 | |
5664 | |
5665 /* | |
5666 * ":help": open a read-only window on a help file | |
5667 */ | |
5668 void | |
5669 ex_help(eap) | |
5670 exarg_T *eap; | |
5671 { | |
5672 char_u *arg; | |
5673 char_u *tag; | |
5674 FILE *helpfd; /* file descriptor of help file */ | |
5675 int n; | |
5676 int i; | |
5677 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
5678 win_T *wp; | |
5679 #endif | |
5680 int num_matches; | |
5681 char_u **matches; | |
5682 char_u *p; | |
5683 int empty_fnum = 0; | |
5684 int alt_fnum = 0; | |
5685 buf_T *buf; | |
5686 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
5687 int len; | |
9 | 5688 char_u *lang; |
7 | 5689 #endif |
3112 | 5690 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
5691 int old_KeyTyped = KeyTyped; | |
5692 #endif | |
7 | 5693 |
5694 if (eap != NULL) | |
5695 { | |
5696 /* | |
5697 * A ":help" command ends at the first LF, or at a '|' that is | |
5698 * followed by some text. Set nextcmd to the following command. | |
5699 */ | |
5700 for (arg = eap->arg; *arg; ++arg) | |
5701 { | |
5702 if (*arg == '\n' || *arg == '\r' | |
5703 || (*arg == '|' && arg[1] != NUL && arg[1] != '|')) | |
5704 { | |
5705 *arg++ = NUL; | |
5706 eap->nextcmd = arg; | |
5707 break; | |
5708 } | |
5709 } | |
5710 arg = eap->arg; | |
5711 | |
3446 | 5712 if (eap->forceit && *arg == NUL && !curbuf->b_help) |
7 | 5713 { |
5714 EMSG(_("E478: Don't panic!")); | |
5715 return; | |
5716 } | |
5717 | |
5718 if (eap->skip) /* not executing commands */ | |
5719 return; | |
5720 } | |
5721 else | |
5722 arg = (char_u *)""; | |
5723 | |
5724 /* remove trailing blanks */ | |
5725 p = arg + STRLEN(arg) - 1; | |
5726 while (p > arg && vim_iswhite(*p) && p[-1] != '\\') | |
5727 *p-- = NUL; | |
5728 | |
5729 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
5730 /* Check for a specified language */ | |
9 | 5731 lang = check_help_lang(arg); |
7 | 5732 #endif |
5733 | |
5734 /* When no argument given go to the index. */ | |
5735 if (*arg == NUL) | |
5736 arg = (char_u *)"help.txt"; | |
5737 | |
5738 /* | |
5739 * Check if there is a match for the argument. | |
5740 */ | |
5741 n = find_help_tags(arg, &num_matches, &matches, | |
5742 eap != NULL && eap->forceit); | |
5743 | |
5744 i = 0; | |
5745 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
5746 if (n != FAIL && lang != NULL) | |
5747 /* Find first item with the requested language. */ | |
5748 for (i = 0; i < num_matches; ++i) | |
5749 { | |
835 | 5750 len = (int)STRLEN(matches[i]); |
7 | 5751 if (len > 3 && matches[i][len - 3] == '@' |
5752 && STRICMP(matches[i] + len - 2, lang) == 0) | |
5753 break; | |
5754 } | |
5755 #endif | |
5756 if (i >= num_matches || n == FAIL) | |
5757 { | |
5758 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
5759 if (lang != NULL) | |
5760 EMSG3(_("E661: Sorry, no '%s' help for %s"), lang, arg); | |
5761 else | |
5762 #endif | |
5763 EMSG2(_("E149: Sorry, no help for %s"), arg); | |
5764 if (n != FAIL) | |
5765 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); | |
5766 return; | |
5767 } | |
5768 | |
5769 /* The first match (in the requested language) is the best match. */ | |
5770 tag = vim_strsave(matches[i]); | |
5771 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); | |
5772 | |
5773 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
5774 need_mouse_correct = TRUE; | |
5775 #endif | |
5776 | |
5777 /* | |
5778 * Re-use an existing help window or open a new one. | |
684 | 5779 * Always open a new one for ":tab help". |
7 | 5780 */ |
684 | 5781 if (!curwin->w_buffer->b_help |
5782 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
5783 || cmdmod.tab != 0 | |
5784 #endif | |
5785 ) | |
7 | 5786 { |
5787 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
684 | 5788 if (cmdmod.tab != 0) |
5789 wp = NULL; | |
5790 else | |
5791 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
5792 if (wp->w_buffer != NULL && wp->w_buffer->b_help) | |
5793 break; | |
7 | 5794 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_buffer->b_nwindows > 0) |
5795 win_enter(wp, TRUE); | |
5796 else | |
5797 #endif | |
5798 { | |
5799 /* | |
5800 * There is no help window yet. | |
5801 * Try to open the file specified by the "helpfile" option. | |
5802 */ | |
5803 if ((helpfd = mch_fopen((char *)p_hf, READBIN)) == NULL) | |
5804 { | |
274 | 5805 smsg((char_u *)_("Sorry, help file \"%s\" not found"), p_hf); |
7 | 5806 goto erret; |
5807 } | |
5808 fclose(helpfd); | |
5809 | |
5810 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
5811 /* Split off help window; put it at far top if no position | |
684 | 5812 * specified, the current window is vertically split and |
5813 * narrow. */ | |
7 | 5814 n = WSP_HELP; |
5815 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
5816 if (cmdmod.split == 0 && curwin->w_width != Columns | |
684 | 5817 && curwin->w_width < 80) |
7 | 5818 n |= WSP_TOP; |
5819 # endif | |
5820 if (win_split(0, n) == FAIL) | |
684 | 5821 goto erret; |
7 | 5822 #else |
5823 /* use current window */ | |
5824 if (!can_abandon(curbuf, FALSE)) | |
5825 goto erret; | |
684 | 5826 #endif |
7 | 5827 |
5828 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
5829 if (curwin->w_height < p_hh) | |
5830 win_setheight((int)p_hh); | |
5831 #endif | |
5832 | |
5833 /* | |
5834 * Open help file (do_ecmd() will set b_help flag, readfile() will | |
5835 * set b_p_ro flag). | |
5836 * Set the alternate file to the previously edited file. | |
5837 */ | |
5838 alt_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum; | |
5839 (void)do_ecmd(0, NULL, NULL, NULL, ECMD_LASTL, | |
1743 | 5840 ECMD_HIDE + ECMD_SET_HELP, |
5841 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
5842 NULL /* buffer is still open, don't store info */ | |
5843 #else | |
5844 curwin | |
5845 #endif | |
5846 ); | |
22 | 5847 if (!cmdmod.keepalt) |
5848 curwin->w_alt_fnum = alt_fnum; | |
7 | 5849 empty_fnum = curbuf->b_fnum; |
5850 } | |
5851 } | |
5852 | |
5853 if (!p_im) | |
5854 restart_edit = 0; /* don't want insert mode in help file */ | |
5855 | |
3112 | 5856 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
5857 /* Restore KeyTyped, setting 'filetype=help' may reset it. | |
5858 * It is needed for do_tag top open folds under the cursor. */ | |
5859 KeyTyped = old_KeyTyped; | |
5860 #endif | |
5861 | |
7 | 5862 if (tag != NULL) |
5863 do_tag(tag, DT_HELP, 1, FALSE, TRUE); | |
5864 | |
819 | 5865 /* Delete the empty buffer if we're not using it. Careful: autocommands |
5866 * may have jumped to another window, check that the buffer is not in a | |
5867 * window. */ | |
7 | 5868 if (empty_fnum != 0 && curbuf->b_fnum != empty_fnum) |
5869 { | |
5870 buf = buflist_findnr(empty_fnum); | |
819 | 5871 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_nwindows == 0) |
7 | 5872 wipe_buffer(buf, TRUE); |
5873 } | |
5874 | |
5875 /* keep the previous alternate file */ | |
22 | 5876 if (alt_fnum != 0 && curwin->w_alt_fnum == empty_fnum && !cmdmod.keepalt) |
7 | 5877 curwin->w_alt_fnum = alt_fnum; |
5878 | |
5879 erret: | |
5880 vim_free(tag); | |
5881 } | |
5882 | |
5883 | |
9 | 5884 #if defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG) || defined(PROTO) |
5885 /* | |
5886 * In an argument search for a language specifiers in the form "@xx". | |
5887 * Changes the "@" to NUL if found, and returns a pointer to "xx". | |
5888 * Returns NULL if not found. | |
5889 */ | |
5890 char_u * | |
5891 check_help_lang(arg) | |
5892 char_u *arg; | |
5893 { | |
835 | 5894 int len = (int)STRLEN(arg); |
9 | 5895 |
5896 if (len >= 3 && arg[len - 3] == '@' && ASCII_ISALPHA(arg[len - 2]) | |
5897 && ASCII_ISALPHA(arg[len - 1])) | |
5898 { | |
5899 arg[len - 3] = NUL; /* remove the '@' */ | |
5900 return arg + len - 2; | |
5901 } | |
5902 return NULL; | |
5903 } | |
5904 #endif | |
5905 | |
7 | 5906 /* |
5907 * Return a heuristic indicating how well the given string matches. The | |
5908 * smaller the number, the better the match. This is the order of priorities, | |
5909 * from best match to worst match: | |
5910 * - Match with least alpha-numeric characters is better. | |
5911 * - Match with least total characters is better. | |
5912 * - Match towards the start is better. | |
5913 * - Match starting with "+" is worse (feature instead of command) | |
5914 * Assumption is made that the matched_string passed has already been found to | |
5915 * match some string for which help is requested. webb. | |
5916 */ | |
5917 int | |
5918 help_heuristic(matched_string, offset, wrong_case) | |
5919 char_u *matched_string; | |
5920 int offset; /* offset for match */ | |
5921 int wrong_case; /* no matching case */ | |
5922 { | |
5923 int num_letters; | |
5924 char_u *p; | |
5925 | |
5926 num_letters = 0; | |
5927 for (p = matched_string; *p; p++) | |
5928 if (ASCII_ISALNUM(*p)) | |
5929 num_letters++; | |
5930 | |
5931 /* | |
5932 * Multiply the number of letters by 100 to give it a much bigger | |
5933 * weighting than the number of characters. | |
5934 * If there only is a match while ignoring case, add 5000. | |
5935 * If the match starts in the middle of a word, add 10000 to put it | |
5936 * somewhere in the last half. | |
5937 * If the match is more than 2 chars from the start, multiply by 200 to | |
5938 * put it after matches at the start. | |
5939 */ | |
5940 if (ASCII_ISALNUM(matched_string[offset]) && offset > 0 | |
5941 && ASCII_ISALNUM(matched_string[offset - 1])) | |
5942 offset += 10000; | |
5943 else if (offset > 2) | |
5944 offset *= 200; | |
5945 if (wrong_case) | |
5946 offset += 5000; | |
5947 /* Features are less interesting than the subjects themselves, but "+" | |
5948 * alone is not a feature. */ | |
5949 if (matched_string[0] == '+' && matched_string[1] != NUL) | |
5950 offset += 100; | |
5951 return (int)(100 * num_letters + STRLEN(matched_string) + offset); | |
5952 } | |
5953 | |
5954 /* | |
5955 * Compare functions for qsort() below, that checks the help heuristics number | |
5956 * that has been put after the tagname by find_tags(). | |
5957 */ | |
5958 static int | |
5959 #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
5960 _RTLENTRYF | |
5961 #endif | |
5962 help_compare(s1, s2) | |
5963 const void *s1; | |
5964 const void *s2; | |
5965 { | |
5966 char *p1; | |
5967 char *p2; | |
5968 | |
5969 p1 = *(char **)s1 + strlen(*(char **)s1) + 1; | |
5970 p2 = *(char **)s2 + strlen(*(char **)s2) + 1; | |
5971 return strcmp(p1, p2); | |
5972 } | |
5973 | |
5974 /* | |
5975 * Find all help tags matching "arg", sort them and return in matches[], with | |
5976 * the number of matches in num_matches. | |
5977 * The matches will be sorted with a "best" match algorithm. | |
5978 * When "keep_lang" is TRUE try keeping the language of the current buffer. | |
5979 */ | |
5980 int | |
5981 find_help_tags(arg, num_matches, matches, keep_lang) | |
5982 char_u *arg; | |
5983 int *num_matches; | |
5984 char_u ***matches; | |
5985 int keep_lang; | |
5986 { | |
5987 char_u *s, *d; | |
5988 int i; | |
5989 static char *(mtable[]) = {"*", "g*", "[*", "]*", ":*", | |
445 | 5990 "/*", "/\\*", "\"*", "**", |
5269
7d1f89b27103
updated for version 7.4b.011
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5257
diff
changeset
|
5991 "cpo-*", "/\\(\\)", "/\\%(\\)", |
323 | 5992 "?", ":?", "?<CR>", "g?", "g?g?", "g??", "z?", |
279 | 5993 "/\\?", "/\\z(\\)", "\\=", ":s\\=", |
7 | 5994 "[count]", "[quotex]", "[range]", |
5647 | 5995 "[pattern]", "\\|", "\\%$", |
5996 "s/\\~", "s/\\U", "s/\\L", | |
5997 "s/\\1", "s/\\2", "s/\\3", "s/\\9"}; | |
7 | 5998 static char *(rtable[]) = {"star", "gstar", "[star", "]star", ":star", |
445 | 5999 "/star", "/\\\\star", "quotestar", "starstar", |
5269
7d1f89b27103
updated for version 7.4b.011
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5257
diff
changeset
|
6000 "cpo-star", "/\\\\(\\\\)", "/\\\\%(\\\\)", |
323 | 6001 "?", ":?", "?<CR>", "g?", "g?g?", "g??", "z?", |
279 | 6002 "/\\\\?", "/\\\\z(\\\\)", "\\\\=", ":s\\\\=", |
7 | 6003 "\\[count]", "\\[quotex]", "\\[range]", |
5647 | 6004 "\\[pattern]", "\\\\bar", "/\\\\%\\$", |
5867 | 6005 "s/\\\\\\~", "s/\\\\U", "s/\\\\L", |
5647 | 6006 "s/\\\\1", "s/\\\\2", "s/\\\\3", "s/\\\\9"}; |
7 | 6007 int flags; |
6008 | |
6009 d = IObuff; /* assume IObuff is long enough! */ | |
6010 | |
6011 /* | |
6012 * Recognize a few exceptions to the rule. Some strings that contain '*' | |
6013 * with "star". Otherwise '*' is recognized as a wildcard. | |
6014 */ | |
1872 | 6015 for (i = (int)(sizeof(mtable) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; ) |
7 | 6016 if (STRCMP(arg, mtable[i]) == 0) |
6017 { | |
6018 STRCPY(d, rtable[i]); | |
6019 break; | |
6020 } | |
6021 | |
6022 if (i < 0) /* no match in table */ | |
6023 { | |
6024 /* Replace "\S" with "/\\S", etc. Otherwise every tag is matched. | |
6025 * Also replace "\%^" and "\%(", they match every tag too. | |
6026 * Also "\zs", "\z1", etc. | |
6027 * Also "\@<", "\@=", "\@<=", etc. | |
6028 * And also "\_$" and "\_^". */ | |
6029 if (arg[0] == '\\' | |
6030 && ((arg[1] != NUL && arg[2] == NUL) | |
6031 || (vim_strchr((char_u *)"%_z@", arg[1]) != NULL | |
6032 && arg[2] != NUL))) | |
6033 { | |
6034 STRCPY(d, "/\\\\"); | |
6035 STRCPY(d + 3, arg + 1); | |
6036 /* Check for "/\\_$", should be "/\\_\$" */ | |
6037 if (d[3] == '_' && d[4] == '$') | |
6038 STRCPY(d + 4, "\\$"); | |
6039 } | |
6040 else | |
6041 { | |
3786 | 6042 /* Replace: |
6043 * "[:...:]" with "\[:...:]" | |
6044 * "[++...]" with "\[++...]" | |
5867 | 6045 * "\{" with "\\{" -- matching "} \}" |
3786 | 6046 */ |
6047 if ((arg[0] == '[' && (arg[1] == ':' | |
6048 || (arg[1] == '+' && arg[2] == '+'))) | |
6049 || (arg[0] == '\\' && arg[1] == '{')) | |
7 | 6050 *d++ = '\\'; |
6051 | |
6052 for (s = arg; *s; ++s) | |
6053 { | |
6054 /* | |
6055 * Replace "|" with "bar" and '"' with "quote" to match the name of | |
6056 * the tags for these commands. | |
6057 * Replace "*" with ".*" and "?" with "." to match command line | |
6058 * completion. | |
6059 * Insert a backslash before '~', '$' and '.' to avoid their | |
6060 * special meaning. | |
6061 */ | |
6062 if (d - IObuff > IOSIZE - 10) /* getting too long!? */ | |
6063 break; | |
6064 switch (*s) | |
6065 { | |
6066 case '|': STRCPY(d, "bar"); | |
6067 d += 3; | |
6068 continue; | |
6069 case '"': STRCPY(d, "quote"); | |
6070 d += 5; | |
6071 continue; | |
6072 case '*': *d++ = '.'; | |
6073 break; | |
6074 case '?': *d++ = '.'; | |
6075 continue; | |
6076 case '$': | |
6077 case '.': | |
6078 case '~': *d++ = '\\'; | |
6079 break; | |
6080 } | |
6081 | |
6082 /* | |
6083 * Replace "^x" by "CTRL-X". Don't do this for "^_" to make | |
6084 * ":help i_^_CTRL-D" work. | |
6085 * Insert '-' before and after "CTRL-X" when applicable. | |
6086 */ | |
6087 if (*s < ' ' || (*s == '^' && s[1] && (ASCII_ISALPHA(s[1]) | |
6088 || vim_strchr((char_u *)"?@[\\]^", s[1]) != NULL))) | |
6089 { | |
5282
8c42772f0543
updated for version 7.4b.017
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5269
diff
changeset
|
6090 if (d > IObuff && d[-1] != '_' && d[-1] != '\\') |
8c42772f0543
updated for version 7.4b.017
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
5269
diff
changeset
|
6091 *d++ = '_'; /* prepend a '_' to make x_CTRL-x */ |
7 | 6092 STRCPY(d, "CTRL-"); |
6093 d += 5; | |
6094 if (*s < ' ') | |
6095 { | |
6096 #ifdef EBCDIC | |
6097 *d++ = CtrlChar(*s); | |
6098 #else | |
6099 *d++ = *s + '@'; | |
6100 #endif | |
6101 if (d[-1] == '\\') | |
6102 *d++ = '\\'; /* double a backslash */ | |
6103 } | |
6104 else | |
6105 *d++ = *++s; | |
6106 if (s[1] != NUL && s[1] != '_') | |
6107 *d++ = '_'; /* append a '_' */ | |
6108 continue; | |
6109 } | |
6110 else if (*s == '^') /* "^" or "CTRL-^" or "^_" */ | |
6111 *d++ = '\\'; | |
6112 | |
6113 /* | |
6114 * Insert a backslash before a backslash after a slash, for search | |
6115 * pattern tags: "/\|" --> "/\\|". | |
6116 */ | |
6117 else if (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != '\\' | |
6118 && *arg == '/' && s == arg + 1) | |
6119 *d++ = '\\'; | |
6120 | |
6121 /* "CTRL-\_" -> "CTRL-\\_" to avoid the special meaning of "\_" in | |
6122 * "CTRL-\_CTRL-N" */ | |
6123 if (STRNICMP(s, "CTRL-\\_", 7) == 0) | |
6124 { | |
6125 STRCPY(d, "CTRL-\\\\"); | |
6126 d += 7; | |
6127 s += 6; | |
6128 } | |
6129 | |
6130 *d++ = *s; | |
6131 | |
6132 /* | |
6133 * If tag starts with ', toss everything after a second '. Fixes | |
6134 * CTRL-] on 'option'. (would include the trailing '.'). | |
6135 */ | |
6136 if (*s == '\'' && s > arg && *arg == '\'') | |
6137 break; | |
6138 } | |
6139 *d = NUL; | |
3480 | 6140 |
6141 if (*IObuff == '`') | |
6142 { | |
6143 if (d > IObuff + 2 && d[-1] == '`') | |
6144 { | |
6145 /* remove the backticks from `command` */ | |
6146 mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff)); | |
6147 d[-2] = NUL; | |
6148 } | |
6149 else if (d > IObuff + 3 && d[-2] == '`' && d[-1] == ',') | |
6150 { | |
6151 /* remove the backticks and comma from `command`, */ | |
6152 mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff)); | |
6153 d[-3] = NUL; | |
6154 } | |
6155 else if (d > IObuff + 4 && d[-3] == '`' | |
6156 && d[-2] == '\\' && d[-1] == '.') | |
6157 { | |
6158 /* remove the backticks and dot from `command`\. */ | |
6159 mch_memmove(IObuff, IObuff + 1, STRLEN(IObuff)); | |
6160 d[-4] = NUL; | |
6161 } | |
6162 } | |
7 | 6163 } |
6164 } | |
6165 | |
6166 *matches = (char_u **)""; | |
6167 *num_matches = 0; | |
6168 flags = TAG_HELP | TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_VERBOSE; | |
6169 if (keep_lang) | |
6170 flags |= TAG_KEEP_LANG; | |
1696 | 6171 if (find_tags(IObuff, num_matches, matches, flags, (int)MAXCOL, NULL) == OK |
7 | 6172 && *num_matches > 0) |
1696 | 6173 { |
7 | 6174 /* Sort the matches found on the heuristic number that is after the |
6175 * tag name. */ | |
6176 qsort((void *)*matches, (size_t)*num_matches, | |
6177 sizeof(char_u *), help_compare); | |
1696 | 6178 /* Delete more than TAG_MANY to reduce the size of the listing. */ |
6179 while (*num_matches > TAG_MANY) | |
6180 vim_free((*matches)[--*num_matches]); | |
6181 } | |
7 | 6182 return OK; |
6183 } | |
6184 | |
6185 /* | |
6186 * After reading a help file: May cleanup a help buffer when syntax | |
6187 * highlighting is not used. | |
6188 */ | |
6189 void | |
6190 fix_help_buffer() | |
6191 { | |
6192 linenr_T lnum; | |
6193 char_u *line; | |
6194 int in_example = FALSE; | |
6195 int len; | |
3141 | 6196 char_u *fname; |
7 | 6197 char_u *p; |
6198 char_u *rt; | |
6199 int mustfree; | |
6200 | |
6201 /* set filetype to "help". */ | |
6202 set_option_value((char_u *)"ft", 0L, (char_u *)"help", OPT_LOCAL); | |
6203 | |
6204 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
6205 if (!syntax_present(curwin)) |
7 | 6206 #endif |
6207 { | |
6208 for (lnum = 1; lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum) | |
6209 { | |
6210 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE); | |
6211 len = (int)STRLEN(line); | |
6212 if (in_example && len > 0 && !vim_iswhite(line[0])) | |
6213 { | |
6214 /* End of example: non-white or '<' in first column. */ | |
6215 if (line[0] == '<') | |
6216 { | |
6217 /* blank-out a '<' in the first column */ | |
6218 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE); | |
6219 line[0] = ' '; | |
6220 } | |
6221 in_example = FALSE; | |
6222 } | |
6223 if (!in_example && len > 0) | |
6224 { | |
6225 if (line[len - 1] == '>' && (len == 1 || line[len - 2] == ' ')) | |
6226 { | |
6227 /* blank-out a '>' in the last column (start of example) */ | |
6228 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE); | |
6229 line[len - 1] = ' '; | |
6230 in_example = TRUE; | |
6231 } | |
6232 else if (line[len - 1] == '~') | |
6233 { | |
6234 /* blank-out a '~' at the end of line (header marker) */ | |
6235 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, TRUE); | |
6236 line[len - 1] = ' '; | |
6237 } | |
6238 } | |
6239 } | |
6240 } | |
6241 | |
6242 /* | |
3141 | 6243 * In the "help.txt" and "help.abx" file, add the locally added help |
6244 * files. This uses the very first line in the help file. | |
7 | 6245 */ |
3141 | 6246 fname = gettail(curbuf->b_fname); |
6247 if (fnamecmp(fname, "help.txt") == 0 | |
6248 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
6249 || (fnamencmp(fname, "help.", 5) == 0 | |
6250 && ASCII_ISALPHA(fname[5]) | |
6251 && ASCII_ISALPHA(fname[6]) | |
6252 && TOLOWER_ASC(fname[7]) == 'x' | |
6253 && fname[8] == NUL) | |
6254 #endif | |
6255 ) | |
7 | 6256 { |
6257 for (lnum = 1; lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; ++lnum) | |
6258 { | |
6259 line = ml_get_buf(curbuf, lnum, FALSE); | |
3141 | 6260 if (strstr((char *)line, "*local-additions*") == NULL) |
6261 continue; | |
6262 | |
6263 /* Go through all directories in 'runtimepath', skipping | |
6264 * $VIMRUNTIME. */ | |
6265 p = p_rtp; | |
6266 while (*p != NUL) | |
7 | 6267 { |
3141 | 6268 copy_option_part(&p, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, ","); |
6269 mustfree = FALSE; | |
6270 rt = vim_getenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", &mustfree); | |
6271 if (fullpathcmp(rt, NameBuff, FALSE) != FPC_SAME) | |
7 | 6272 { |
3141 | 6273 int fcount; |
6274 char_u **fnames; | |
6275 FILE *fd; | |
6276 char_u *s; | |
6277 int fi; | |
7 | 6278 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
3141 | 6279 vimconv_T vc; |
6280 char_u *cp; | |
6281 #endif | |
6282 | |
6283 /* Find all "doc/ *.txt" files in this directory. */ | |
6284 add_pathsep(NameBuff); | |
6285 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
6286 STRCAT(NameBuff, "doc/*.??[tx]"); | |
7 | 6287 #else |
3141 | 6288 STRCAT(NameBuff, "doc/*.txt"); |
6289 #endif | |
6290 if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &fcount, | |
6291 &fnames, EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == OK | |
6292 && fcount > 0) | |
6293 { | |
6294 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
6295 int i1; | |
6296 int i2; | |
6297 char_u *f1; | |
6298 char_u *f2; | |
6299 char_u *t1; | |
6300 char_u *e1; | |
6301 char_u *e2; | |
6302 | |
6303 /* If foo.abx is found use it instead of foo.txt in | |
6304 * the same directory. */ | |
6305 for (i1 = 0; i1 < fcount; ++i1) | |
6306 { | |
6307 for (i2 = 0; i2 < fcount; ++i2) | |
6308 { | |
6309 if (i1 == i2) | |
6310 continue; | |
6311 if (fnames[i1] == NULL || fnames[i2] == NULL) | |
6312 continue; | |
6313 f1 = fnames[i1]; | |
6314 f2 = fnames[i2]; | |
6315 t1 = gettail(f1); | |
6316 if (fnamencmp(f1, f2, t1 - f1) != 0) | |
6317 continue; | |
6318 e1 = vim_strrchr(t1, '.'); | |
6319 e2 = vim_strrchr(gettail(f2), '.'); | |
6320 if (e1 == NUL || e2 == NUL) | |
6321 continue; | |
6322 if (fnamecmp(e1, ".txt") != 0 | |
6323 && fnamecmp(e1, fname + 4) != 0) | |
6324 { | |
6325 /* Not .txt and not .abx, remove it. */ | |
6326 vim_free(fnames[i1]); | |
6327 fnames[i1] = NULL; | |
6328 continue; | |
6329 } | |
6330 if (fnamencmp(f1, f2, e1 - f1) != 0) | |
6331 continue; | |
6332 if (fnamecmp(e1, ".txt") == 0 | |
6333 && fnamecmp(e2, fname + 4) == 0) | |
6334 { | |
6335 /* use .abx instead of .txt */ | |
6336 vim_free(fnames[i1]); | |
6337 fnames[i1] = NULL; | |
7 | 6338 } |
6339 } | |
6340 } | |
3141 | 6341 #endif |
6342 for (fi = 0; fi < fcount; ++fi) | |
6343 { | |
6344 if (fnames[fi] == NULL) | |
6345 continue; | |
6346 fd = mch_fopen((char *)fnames[fi], "r"); | |
6347 if (fd != NULL) | |
6348 { | |
6349 vim_fgets(IObuff, IOSIZE, fd); | |
6350 if (IObuff[0] == '*' | |
6351 && (s = vim_strchr(IObuff + 1, '*')) | |
6352 != NULL) | |
6353 { | |
6354 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6355 int this_utf = MAYBE; | |
6356 #endif | |
6357 /* Change tag definition to a | |
6358 * reference and remove <CR>/<NL>. */ | |
6359 IObuff[0] = '|'; | |
6360 *s = '|'; | |
6361 while (*s != NUL) | |
6362 { | |
6363 if (*s == '\r' || *s == '\n') | |
6364 *s = NUL; | |
6365 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6366 /* The text is utf-8 when a byte | |
6367 * above 127 is found and no | |
6368 * illegal byte sequence is found. | |
6369 */ | |
6370 if (*s >= 0x80 && this_utf != FALSE) | |
6371 { | |
6372 int l; | |
6373 | |
6374 this_utf = TRUE; | |
6375 l = utf_ptr2len(s); | |
6376 if (l == 1) | |
6377 this_utf = FALSE; | |
6378 s += l - 1; | |
6379 } | |
6380 #endif | |
6381 ++s; | |
6382 } | |
6383 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6384 /* The help file is latin1 or utf-8; | |
6385 * conversion to the current | |
6386 * 'encoding' may be required. */ | |
6387 vc.vc_type = CONV_NONE; | |
6388 convert_setup(&vc, (char_u *)( | |
6389 this_utf == TRUE ? "utf-8" | |
6390 : "latin1"), p_enc); | |
6391 if (vc.vc_type == CONV_NONE) | |
6392 /* No conversion needed. */ | |
6393 cp = IObuff; | |
6394 else | |
6395 { | |
6396 /* Do the conversion. If it fails | |
6397 * use the unconverted text. */ | |
6398 cp = string_convert(&vc, IObuff, | |
6399 NULL); | |
6400 if (cp == NULL) | |
6401 cp = IObuff; | |
6402 } | |
6403 convert_setup(&vc, NULL, NULL); | |
6404 | |
6405 ml_append(lnum, cp, (colnr_T)0, FALSE); | |
6406 if (cp != IObuff) | |
6407 vim_free(cp); | |
6408 #else | |
6409 ml_append(lnum, IObuff, (colnr_T)0, | |
6410 FALSE); | |
6411 #endif | |
6412 ++lnum; | |
6413 } | |
6414 fclose(fd); | |
6415 } | |
6416 } | |
6417 FreeWild(fcount, fnames); | |
7 | 6418 } |
6419 } | |
3141 | 6420 if (mustfree) |
6421 vim_free(rt); | |
7 | 6422 } |
3141 | 6423 break; |
7 | 6424 } |
6425 } | |
6426 } | |
6427 | |
40 | 6428 /* |
6429 * ":exusage" | |
6430 */ | |
6431 void | |
6432 ex_exusage(eap) | |
1876 | 6433 exarg_T *eap UNUSED; |
40 | 6434 { |
6435 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"help ex-cmd-index"); | |
6436 } | |
6437 | |
6438 /* | |
6439 * ":viusage" | |
6440 */ | |
6441 void | |
6442 ex_viusage(eap) | |
1876 | 6443 exarg_T *eap UNUSED; |
40 | 6444 { |
6445 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"help normal-index"); | |
6446 } | |
6447 | |
7 | 6448 #if defined(FEAT_EX_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO) |
1502 | 6449 static void helptags_one __ARGS((char_u *dir, char_u *ext, char_u *lang, int add_help_tags)); |
7 | 6450 |
6451 /* | |
6452 * ":helptags" | |
6453 */ | |
6454 void | |
6455 ex_helptags(eap) | |
6456 exarg_T *eap; | |
6457 { | |
6458 garray_T ga; | |
6459 int i, j; | |
6460 int len; | |
9 | 6461 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG |
7 | 6462 char_u lang[2]; |
9 | 6463 #endif |
1507 | 6464 expand_T xpc; |
6465 char_u *dirname; | |
7 | 6466 char_u ext[5]; |
6467 char_u fname[8]; | |
6468 int filecount; | |
6469 char_u **files; | |
1502 | 6470 int add_help_tags = FALSE; |
6471 | |
6472 /* Check for ":helptags ++t {dir}". */ | |
6473 if (STRNCMP(eap->arg, "++t", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(eap->arg[3])) | |
6474 { | |
6475 add_help_tags = TRUE; | |
6476 eap->arg = skipwhite(eap->arg + 3); | |
6477 } | |
7 | 6478 |
1507 | 6479 ExpandInit(&xpc); |
6480 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_DIRECTORIES; | |
6481 dirname = ExpandOne(&xpc, eap->arg, NULL, | |
6482 WILD_LIST_NOTFOUND|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE); | |
6483 if (dirname == NULL || !mch_isdir(dirname)) | |
7 | 6484 { |
6485 EMSG2(_("E150: Not a directory: %s"), eap->arg); | |
6486 return; | |
6487 } | |
6488 | |
6489 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG | |
3957 | 6490 /* Get a list of all files in the help directory and in subdirectories. */ |
1507 | 6491 STRCPY(NameBuff, dirname); |
7 | 6492 add_pathsep(NameBuff); |
3957 | 6493 STRCAT(NameBuff, "**"); |
7 | 6494 if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &filecount, &files, |
6495 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == FAIL | |
6496 || filecount == 0) | |
6497 { | |
6498 EMSG2("E151: No match: %s", NameBuff); | |
1507 | 6499 vim_free(dirname); |
7 | 6500 return; |
6501 } | |
6502 | |
6503 /* Go over all files in the directory to find out what languages are | |
6504 * present. */ | |
6505 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 10); | |
6506 for (i = 0; i < filecount; ++i) | |
6507 { | |
835 | 6508 len = (int)STRLEN(files[i]); |
7 | 6509 if (len > 4) |
6510 { | |
6511 if (STRICMP(files[i] + len - 4, ".txt") == 0) | |
6512 { | |
6513 /* ".txt" -> language "en" */ | |
6514 lang[0] = 'e'; | |
6515 lang[1] = 'n'; | |
6516 } | |
6517 else if (files[i][len - 4] == '.' | |
6518 && ASCII_ISALPHA(files[i][len - 3]) | |
6519 && ASCII_ISALPHA(files[i][len - 2]) | |
6520 && TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 1]) == 'x') | |
6521 { | |
6522 /* ".abx" -> language "ab" */ | |
6523 lang[0] = TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 3]); | |
6524 lang[1] = TOLOWER_ASC(files[i][len - 2]); | |
6525 } | |
6526 else | |
6527 continue; | |
6528 | |
6529 /* Did we find this language already? */ | |
6530 for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; j += 2) | |
6531 if (STRNCMP(lang, ((char_u *)ga.ga_data) + j, 2) == 0) | |
6532 break; | |
6533 if (j == ga.ga_len) | |
6534 { | |
6535 /* New language, add it. */ | |
6536 if (ga_grow(&ga, 2) == FAIL) | |
6537 break; | |
6538 ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len++] = lang[0]; | |
6539 ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len++] = lang[1]; | |
6540 } | |
6541 } | |
6542 } | |
6543 | |
6544 /* | |
6545 * Loop over the found languages to generate a tags file for each one. | |
6546 */ | |
6547 for (j = 0; j < ga.ga_len; j += 2) | |
6548 { | |
6549 STRCPY(fname, "tags-xx"); | |
6550 fname[5] = ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[j]; | |
6551 fname[6] = ((char_u *)ga.ga_data)[j + 1]; | |
6552 if (fname[5] == 'e' && fname[6] == 'n') | |
6553 { | |
6554 /* English is an exception: use ".txt" and "tags". */ | |
6555 fname[4] = NUL; | |
6556 STRCPY(ext, ".txt"); | |
6557 } | |
6558 else | |
6559 { | |
6560 /* Language "ab" uses ".abx" and "tags-ab". */ | |
6561 STRCPY(ext, ".xxx"); | |
6562 ext[1] = fname[5]; | |
6563 ext[2] = fname[6]; | |
6564 } | |
1507 | 6565 helptags_one(dirname, ext, fname, add_help_tags); |
7 | 6566 } |
6567 | |
6568 ga_clear(&ga); | |
6569 FreeWild(filecount, files); | |
6570 | |
6571 #else | |
6572 /* No language support, just use "*.txt" and "tags". */ | |
1507 | 6573 helptags_one(dirname, (char_u *)".txt", (char_u *)"tags", add_help_tags); |
6574 #endif | |
6575 vim_free(dirname); | |
7 | 6576 } |
6577 | |
6578 static void | |
1502 | 6579 helptags_one(dir, ext, tagfname, add_help_tags) |
6580 char_u *dir; /* doc directory */ | |
6581 char_u *ext; /* suffix, ".txt", ".itx", ".frx", etc. */ | |
3957 | 6582 char_u *tagfname; /* "tags" for English, "tags-fr" for French. */ |
6583 int add_help_tags; /* add "help-tags" tag */ | |
7 | 6584 { |
6585 FILE *fd_tags; | |
6586 FILE *fd; | |
6587 garray_T ga; | |
6588 int filecount; | |
6589 char_u **files; | |
6590 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
6591 int fi; | |
6592 char_u *s; | |
6593 int i; | |
6594 char_u *fname; | |
3957 | 6595 int dirlen; |
7 | 6596 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
6597 int utf8 = MAYBE; | |
6598 int this_utf8; | |
6599 int firstline; | |
6600 int mix = FALSE; /* detected mixed encodings */ | |
6601 # endif | |
6602 | |
6603 /* | |
6604 * Find all *.txt files. | |
6605 */ | |
3978 | 6606 dirlen = (int)STRLEN(dir); |
7 | 6607 STRCPY(NameBuff, dir); |
3957 | 6608 STRCAT(NameBuff, "/**/*"); |
7 | 6609 STRCAT(NameBuff, ext); |
6610 if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &NameBuff, &filecount, &files, | |
6611 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) == FAIL | |
6612 || filecount == 0) | |
6613 { | |
6614 if (!got_int) | |
6615 EMSG2("E151: No match: %s", NameBuff); | |
6616 return; | |
6617 } | |
6618 | |
6619 /* | |
6620 * Open the tags file for writing. | |
6621 * Do this before scanning through all the files. | |
6622 */ | |
6623 STRCPY(NameBuff, dir); | |
6624 add_pathsep(NameBuff); | |
6625 STRCAT(NameBuff, tagfname); | |
531 | 6626 fd_tags = mch_fopen((char *)NameBuff, "w"); |
7 | 6627 if (fd_tags == NULL) |
6628 { | |
6629 EMSG2(_("E152: Cannot open %s for writing"), NameBuff); | |
6630 FreeWild(filecount, files); | |
6631 return; | |
6632 } | |
6633 | |
6634 /* | |
1502 | 6635 * If using the "++t" argument or generating tags for "$VIMRUNTIME/doc" |
6636 * add the "help-tags" tag. | |
7 | 6637 */ |
6638 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 100); | |
1502 | 6639 if (add_help_tags || fullpathcmp((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/doc", |
6640 dir, FALSE) == FPC_SAME) | |
7 | 6641 { |
6642 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL) | |
6643 got_int = TRUE; | |
6644 else | |
6645 { | |
835 | 6646 s = alloc(18 + (unsigned)STRLEN(tagfname)); |
7 | 6647 if (s == NULL) |
6648 got_int = TRUE; | |
6649 else | |
6650 { | |
6651 sprintf((char *)s, "help-tags\t%s\t1\n", tagfname); | |
6652 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = s; | |
6653 ++ga.ga_len; | |
6654 } | |
6655 } | |
6656 } | |
6657 | |
6658 /* | |
6659 * Go over all the files and extract the tags. | |
6660 */ | |
6661 for (fi = 0; fi < filecount && !got_int; ++fi) | |
6662 { | |
531 | 6663 fd = mch_fopen((char *)files[fi], "r"); |
7 | 6664 if (fd == NULL) |
6665 { | |
6666 EMSG2(_("E153: Unable to open %s for reading"), files[fi]); | |
6667 continue; | |
6668 } | |
3957 | 6669 fname = files[fi] + dirlen + 1; |
7 | 6670 |
6671 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6672 firstline = TRUE; | |
6673 # endif | |
6674 while (!vim_fgets(IObuff, IOSIZE, fd) && !got_int) | |
6675 { | |
6676 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6677 if (firstline) | |
6678 { | |
6679 /* Detect utf-8 file by a non-ASCII char in the first line. */ | |
6680 this_utf8 = MAYBE; | |
6681 for (s = IObuff; *s != NUL; ++s) | |
6682 if (*s >= 0x80) | |
6683 { | |
6684 int l; | |
6685 | |
6686 this_utf8 = TRUE; | |
474 | 6687 l = utf_ptr2len(s); |
7 | 6688 if (l == 1) |
6689 { | |
6690 /* Illegal UTF-8 byte sequence. */ | |
6691 this_utf8 = FALSE; | |
6692 break; | |
6693 } | |
6694 s += l - 1; | |
6695 } | |
6696 if (this_utf8 == MAYBE) /* only ASCII characters found */ | |
6697 this_utf8 = FALSE; | |
6698 if (utf8 == MAYBE) /* first file */ | |
6699 utf8 = this_utf8; | |
6700 else if (utf8 != this_utf8) | |
6701 { | |
6702 EMSG2(_("E670: Mix of help file encodings within a language: %s"), files[fi]); | |
6703 mix = !got_int; | |
6704 got_int = TRUE; | |
6705 } | |
6706 firstline = FALSE; | |
6707 } | |
6708 # endif | |
6709 p1 = vim_strchr(IObuff, '*'); /* find first '*' */ | |
6710 while (p1 != NULL) | |
6711 { | |
3514 | 6712 /* Use vim_strbyte() instead of vim_strchr() so that when |
6713 * 'encoding' is dbcs it still works, don't find '*' in the | |
6714 * second byte. */ | |
6715 p2 = vim_strbyte(p1 + 1, '*'); /* find second '*' */ | |
7 | 6716 if (p2 != NULL && p2 > p1 + 1) /* skip "*" and "**" */ |
6717 { | |
6718 for (s = p1 + 1; s < p2; ++s) | |
6719 if (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t' || *s == '|') | |
6720 break; | |
6721 | |
6722 /* | |
6723 * Only accept a *tag* when it consists of valid | |
6724 * characters, there is white space before it and is | |
6725 * followed by a white character or end-of-line. | |
6726 */ | |
6727 if (s == p2 | |
6728 && (p1 == IObuff || p1[-1] == ' ' || p1[-1] == '\t') | |
6729 && (vim_strchr((char_u *)" \t\n\r", s[1]) != NULL | |
6730 || s[1] == '\0')) | |
6731 { | |
6732 *p2 = '\0'; | |
6733 ++p1; | |
6734 if (ga_grow(&ga, 1) == FAIL) | |
6735 { | |
6736 got_int = TRUE; | |
6737 break; | |
6738 } | |
6739 s = alloc((unsigned)(p2 - p1 + STRLEN(fname) + 2)); | |
6740 if (s == NULL) | |
6741 { | |
6742 got_int = TRUE; | |
6743 break; | |
6744 } | |
6745 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[ga.ga_len] = s; | |
6746 ++ga.ga_len; | |
6747 sprintf((char *)s, "%s\t%s", p1, fname); | |
6748 | |
6749 /* find next '*' */ | |
6750 p2 = vim_strchr(p2 + 1, '*'); | |
6751 } | |
6752 } | |
6753 p1 = p2; | |
6754 } | |
6755 line_breakcheck(); | |
6756 } | |
6757 | |
6758 fclose(fd); | |
6759 } | |
6760 | |
6761 FreeWild(filecount, files); | |
6762 | |
6763 if (!got_int) | |
6764 { | |
6765 /* | |
6766 * Sort the tags. | |
6767 */ | |
6768 sort_strings((char_u **)ga.ga_data, ga.ga_len); | |
6769 | |
6770 /* | |
6771 * Check for duplicates. | |
6772 */ | |
6773 for (i = 1; i < ga.ga_len; ++i) | |
6774 { | |
6775 p1 = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i - 1]; | |
6776 p2 = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]; | |
6777 while (*p1 == *p2) | |
6778 { | |
6779 if (*p2 == '\t') | |
6780 { | |
6781 *p2 = NUL; | |
274 | 6782 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, |
7 | 6783 _("E154: Duplicate tag \"%s\" in file %s/%s"), |
6784 ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i], dir, p2 + 1); | |
6785 EMSG(NameBuff); | |
6786 *p2 = '\t'; | |
6787 break; | |
6788 } | |
6789 ++p1; | |
6790 ++p2; | |
6791 } | |
6792 } | |
6793 | |
6794 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6795 if (utf8 == TRUE) | |
6796 fprintf(fd_tags, "!_TAG_FILE_ENCODING\tutf-8\t//\n"); | |
6797 # endif | |
6798 | |
6799 /* | |
6800 * Write the tags into the file. | |
6801 */ | |
6802 for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i) | |
6803 { | |
6804 s = ((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]; | |
1325 | 6805 if (STRNCMP(s, "help-tags\t", 10) == 0) |
7 | 6806 /* help-tags entry was added in formatted form */ |
1325 | 6807 fputs((char *)s, fd_tags); |
7 | 6808 else |
6809 { | |
6810 fprintf(fd_tags, "%s\t/*", s); | |
6811 for (p1 = s; *p1 != '\t'; ++p1) | |
6812 { | |
6813 /* insert backslash before '\\' and '/' */ | |
6814 if (*p1 == '\\' || *p1 == '/') | |
6815 putc('\\', fd_tags); | |
6816 putc(*p1, fd_tags); | |
6817 } | |
6818 fprintf(fd_tags, "*\n"); | |
6819 } | |
6820 } | |
6821 } | |
6822 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
6823 if (mix) | |
6824 got_int = FALSE; /* continue with other languages */ | |
6825 #endif | |
6826 | |
6827 for (i = 0; i < ga.ga_len; ++i) | |
6828 vim_free(((char_u **)ga.ga_data)[i]); | |
6829 ga_clear(&ga); | |
6830 fclose(fd_tags); /* there is no check for an error... */ | |
6831 } | |
6832 #endif | |
6833 | |
6834 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) | |
6835 | |
6836 /* | |
6837 * Struct to hold the sign properties. | |
6838 */ | |
6839 typedef struct sign sign_T; | |
6840 | |
6841 struct sign | |
6842 { | |
6843 sign_T *sn_next; /* next sign in list */ | |
2606 | 6844 int sn_typenr; /* type number of sign */ |
7 | 6845 char_u *sn_name; /* name of sign */ |
6846 char_u *sn_icon; /* name of pixmap */ | |
6847 #ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
6848 void *sn_image; /* icon image */ | |
6849 #endif | |
6850 char_u *sn_text; /* text used instead of pixmap */ | |
6851 int sn_line_hl; /* highlight ID for line */ | |
6852 int sn_text_hl; /* highlight ID for text */ | |
6853 }; | |
6854 | |
6855 static sign_T *first_sign = NULL; | |
2605 | 6856 static int next_sign_typenr = 1; |
7 | 6857 |
1874 | 6858 static int sign_cmd_idx __ARGS((char_u *begin_cmd, char_u *end_cmd)); |
7 | 6859 static void sign_list_defined __ARGS((sign_T *sp)); |
1828 | 6860 static void sign_undefine __ARGS((sign_T *sp, sign_T *sp_prev)); |
7 | 6861 |
1868 | 6862 static char *cmds[] = { |
6863 "define", | |
6864 #define SIGNCMD_DEFINE 0 | |
6865 "undefine", | |
6866 #define SIGNCMD_UNDEFINE 1 | |
6867 "list", | |
6868 #define SIGNCMD_LIST 2 | |
6869 "place", | |
6870 #define SIGNCMD_PLACE 3 | |
6871 "unplace", | |
6872 #define SIGNCMD_UNPLACE 4 | |
6873 "jump", | |
6874 #define SIGNCMD_JUMP 5 | |
6875 NULL | |
6876 #define SIGNCMD_LAST 6 | |
6877 }; | |
6878 | |
6879 /* | |
6880 * Find index of a ":sign" subcmd from its name. | |
6881 * "*end_cmd" must be writable. | |
6882 */ | |
6883 static int | |
6884 sign_cmd_idx(begin_cmd, end_cmd) | |
1874 | 6885 char_u *begin_cmd; /* begin of sign subcmd */ |
6886 char_u *end_cmd; /* just after sign subcmd */ | |
1868 | 6887 { |
6888 int idx; | |
6889 char save = *end_cmd; | |
6890 | |
6891 *end_cmd = NUL; | |
6892 for (idx = 0; ; ++idx) | |
6893 if (cmds[idx] == NULL || STRCMP(begin_cmd, cmds[idx]) == 0) | |
6894 break; | |
6895 *end_cmd = save; | |
6896 return idx; | |
6897 } | |
6898 | |
7 | 6899 /* |
6900 * ":sign" command | |
6901 */ | |
6902 void | |
6903 ex_sign(eap) | |
6904 exarg_T *eap; | |
6905 { | |
6906 char_u *arg = eap->arg; | |
6907 char_u *p; | |
6908 int idx; | |
6909 sign_T *sp; | |
6910 sign_T *sp_prev; | |
6911 buf_T *buf; | |
6912 | |
6913 /* Parse the subcommand. */ | |
6914 p = skiptowhite(arg); | |
1868 | 6915 idx = sign_cmd_idx(arg, p); |
6916 if (idx == SIGNCMD_LAST) | |
6917 { | |
6918 EMSG2(_("E160: Unknown sign command: %s"), arg); | |
6919 return; | |
7 | 6920 } |
6921 arg = skipwhite(p); | |
6922 | |
6923 if (idx <= SIGNCMD_LIST) | |
6924 { | |
6925 /* | |
6926 * Define, undefine or list signs. | |
6927 */ | |
6928 if (idx == SIGNCMD_LIST && *arg == NUL) | |
6929 { | |
6930 /* ":sign list": list all defined signs */ | |
3411 | 6931 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL && !got_int; sp = sp->sn_next) |
7 | 6932 sign_list_defined(sp); |
6933 } | |
6934 else if (*arg == NUL) | |
6935 EMSG(_("E156: Missing sign name")); | |
6936 else | |
6937 { | |
2605 | 6938 /* Isolate the sign name. If it's a number skip leading zeroes, |
6939 * so that "099" and "99" are the same sign. But keep "0". */ | |
7 | 6940 p = skiptowhite(arg); |
6941 if (*p != NUL) | |
6942 *p++ = NUL; | |
2605 | 6943 while (arg[0] == '0' && arg[1] != NUL) |
6944 ++arg; | |
6945 | |
7 | 6946 sp_prev = NULL; |
6947 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
6948 { | |
6949 if (STRCMP(sp->sn_name, arg) == 0) | |
6950 break; | |
6951 sp_prev = sp; | |
6952 } | |
6953 if (idx == SIGNCMD_DEFINE) | |
6954 { | |
6955 /* ":sign define {name} ...": define a sign */ | |
6956 if (sp == NULL) | |
6957 { | |
2605 | 6958 sign_T *lp; |
6959 int start = next_sign_typenr; | |
6960 | |
7 | 6961 /* Allocate a new sign. */ |
6962 sp = (sign_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(sign_T)); | |
6963 if (sp == NULL) | |
6964 return; | |
6965 | |
2605 | 6966 /* Check that next_sign_typenr is not already being used. |
6967 * This only happens after wrapping around. Hopefully | |
6968 * another one got deleted and we can use its number. */ | |
6969 for (lp = first_sign; lp != NULL; ) | |
7 | 6970 { |
2605 | 6971 if (lp->sn_typenr == next_sign_typenr) |
7 | 6972 { |
2605 | 6973 ++next_sign_typenr; |
6974 if (next_sign_typenr == MAX_TYPENR) | |
6975 next_sign_typenr = 1; | |
6976 if (next_sign_typenr == start) | |
7 | 6977 { |
2605 | 6978 vim_free(sp); |
6979 EMSG(_("E612: Too many signs defined")); | |
6980 return; | |
7 | 6981 } |
2605 | 6982 lp = first_sign; /* start all over */ |
6983 continue; | |
7 | 6984 } |
2605 | 6985 lp = lp->sn_next; |
6986 } | |
6987 | |
6988 sp->sn_typenr = next_sign_typenr; | |
6989 if (++next_sign_typenr == MAX_TYPENR) | |
6990 next_sign_typenr = 1; /* wrap around */ | |
6991 | |
6992 sp->sn_name = vim_strsave(arg); | |
6993 if (sp->sn_name == NULL) /* out of memory */ | |
6994 { | |
6995 vim_free(sp); | |
6996 return; | |
7 | 6997 } |
2601 | 6998 |
6999 /* add the new sign to the list of signs */ | |
7000 if (sp_prev == NULL) | |
7001 first_sign = sp; | |
7002 else | |
7003 sp_prev->sn_next = sp; | |
7 | 7004 } |
7005 | |
7006 /* set values for a defined sign. */ | |
7007 for (;;) | |
7008 { | |
7009 arg = skipwhite(p); | |
7010 if (*arg == NUL) | |
7011 break; | |
7012 p = skiptowhite_esc(arg); | |
7013 if (STRNCMP(arg, "icon=", 5) == 0) | |
7014 { | |
7015 arg += 5; | |
7016 vim_free(sp->sn_icon); | |
7017 sp->sn_icon = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(p - arg)); | |
7018 backslash_halve(sp->sn_icon); | |
7019 #ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
7020 if (gui.in_use) | |
7021 { | |
7022 out_flush(); | |
7023 if (sp->sn_image != NULL) | |
7024 gui_mch_destroy_sign(sp->sn_image); | |
7025 sp->sn_image = gui_mch_register_sign(sp->sn_icon); | |
7026 } | |
7027 #endif | |
7028 } | |
7029 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "text=", 5) == 0) | |
7030 { | |
7031 char_u *s; | |
7032 int cells; | |
7033 int len; | |
7034 | |
7035 arg += 5; | |
7036 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
7037 /* Count cells and check for non-printable chars */ | |
7038 if (has_mbyte) | |
7039 { | |
7040 cells = 0; | |
474 | 7041 for (s = arg; s < p; s += (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) |
7 | 7042 { |
7043 if (!vim_isprintc((*mb_ptr2char)(s))) | |
7044 break; | |
7045 cells += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s); | |
7046 } | |
7047 } | |
7048 else | |
7049 #endif | |
7050 { | |
7051 for (s = arg; s < p; ++s) | |
7052 if (!vim_isprintc(*s)) | |
7053 break; | |
835 | 7054 cells = (int)(s - arg); |
7 | 7055 } |
7056 /* Currently must be one or two display cells */ | |
7057 if (s != p || cells < 1 || cells > 2) | |
7058 { | |
7059 *p = NUL; | |
7060 EMSG2(_("E239: Invalid sign text: %s"), arg); | |
7061 return; | |
7062 } | |
7063 | |
7064 vim_free(sp->sn_text); | |
7065 /* Allocate one byte more if we need to pad up | |
7066 * with a space. */ | |
835 | 7067 len = (int)(p - arg + ((cells == 1) ? 1 : 0)); |
7 | 7068 sp->sn_text = vim_strnsave(arg, len); |
7069 | |
7070 if (sp->sn_text != NULL && cells == 1) | |
7071 STRCPY(sp->sn_text + len - 1, " "); | |
7072 } | |
7073 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "linehl=", 7) == 0) | |
7074 { | |
7075 arg += 7; | |
7076 sp->sn_line_hl = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(p - arg)); | |
7077 } | |
7078 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "texthl=", 7) == 0) | |
7079 { | |
7080 arg += 7; | |
7081 sp->sn_text_hl = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(p - arg)); | |
7082 } | |
7083 else | |
7084 { | |
7085 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg); | |
7086 return; | |
7087 } | |
7088 } | |
7089 } | |
7090 else if (sp == NULL) | |
7091 EMSG2(_("E155: Unknown sign: %s"), arg); | |
7092 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_LIST) | |
7093 /* ":sign list {name}" */ | |
7094 sign_list_defined(sp); | |
7095 else | |
7096 /* ":sign undefine {name}" */ | |
1828 | 7097 sign_undefine(sp, sp_prev); |
7 | 7098 } |
7099 } | |
7100 else | |
7101 { | |
7102 int id = -1; | |
7103 linenr_T lnum = -1; | |
7104 char_u *sign_name = NULL; | |
7105 char_u *arg1; | |
7106 | |
7107 if (*arg == NUL) | |
7108 { | |
7109 if (idx == SIGNCMD_PLACE) | |
7110 { | |
7111 /* ":sign place": list placed signs in all buffers */ | |
7112 sign_list_placed(NULL); | |
7113 } | |
7114 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE) | |
7115 { | |
7116 /* ":sign unplace": remove placed sign at cursor */ | |
7117 id = buf_findsign_id(curwin->w_buffer, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
7118 if (id > 0) | |
7119 { | |
7120 buf_delsign(curwin->w_buffer, id); | |
7121 update_debug_sign(curwin->w_buffer, curwin->w_cursor.lnum); | |
7122 } | |
7123 else | |
7124 EMSG(_("E159: Missing sign number")); | |
7125 } | |
7126 else | |
7127 EMSG(_(e_argreq)); | |
7128 return; | |
7129 } | |
7130 | |
7131 if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && arg[0] == '*' && arg[1] == NUL) | |
7132 { | |
7133 /* ":sign unplace *": remove all placed signs */ | |
7134 buf_delete_all_signs(); | |
7135 return; | |
7136 } | |
7137 | |
7138 /* first arg could be placed sign id */ | |
7139 arg1 = arg; | |
7140 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg)) | |
7141 { | |
7142 id = getdigits(&arg); | |
7143 if (!vim_iswhite(*arg) && *arg != NUL) | |
7144 { | |
7145 id = -1; | |
7146 arg = arg1; | |
7147 } | |
7148 else | |
7149 { | |
7150 arg = skipwhite(arg); | |
7151 if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && *arg == NUL) | |
7152 { | |
7153 /* ":sign unplace {id}": remove placed sign by number */ | |
7154 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next) | |
7155 if ((lnum = buf_delsign(buf, id)) != 0) | |
7156 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum); | |
7157 return; | |
7158 } | |
7159 } | |
7160 } | |
7161 | |
7162 /* | |
7163 * Check for line={lnum} name={name} and file={fname} or buffer={nr}. | |
7164 * Leave "arg" pointing to {fname}. | |
7165 */ | |
7166 for (;;) | |
7167 { | |
7168 if (STRNCMP(arg, "line=", 5) == 0) | |
7169 { | |
7170 arg += 5; | |
7171 lnum = atoi((char *)arg); | |
7172 arg = skiptowhite(arg); | |
7173 } | |
3672 | 7174 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "*", 1) == 0 && idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE) |
7175 { | |
7176 if (id != -1) | |
7177 { | |
7178 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
7179 return; | |
7180 } | |
7181 id = -2; | |
7182 arg = skiptowhite(arg + 1); | |
7183 } | |
7 | 7184 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "name=", 5) == 0) |
7185 { | |
7186 arg += 5; | |
7187 sign_name = arg; | |
7188 arg = skiptowhite(arg); | |
7189 if (*arg != NUL) | |
7190 *arg++ = NUL; | |
2605 | 7191 while (sign_name[0] == '0' && sign_name[1] != NUL) |
7192 ++sign_name; | |
7 | 7193 } |
7194 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "file=", 5) == 0) | |
7195 { | |
7196 arg += 5; | |
7197 buf = buflist_findname(arg); | |
7198 break; | |
7199 } | |
7200 else if (STRNCMP(arg, "buffer=", 7) == 0) | |
7201 { | |
7202 arg += 7; | |
7203 buf = buflist_findnr((int)getdigits(&arg)); | |
7204 if (*skipwhite(arg) != NUL) | |
7205 EMSG(_(e_trailing)); | |
7206 break; | |
7207 } | |
7208 else | |
7209 { | |
7210 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
7211 return; | |
7212 } | |
7213 arg = skipwhite(arg); | |
7214 } | |
7215 | |
7216 if (buf == NULL) | |
7217 { | |
7218 EMSG2(_("E158: Invalid buffer name: %s"), arg); | |
7219 } | |
3672 | 7220 else if (id <= 0 && !(idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE && id == -2)) |
7 | 7221 { |
7222 if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL) | |
7223 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
7224 else | |
7225 /* ":sign place file={fname}": list placed signs in one file */ | |
7226 sign_list_placed(buf); | |
7227 } | |
7228 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_JUMP) | |
7229 { | |
7230 /* ":sign jump {id} file={fname}" */ | |
7231 if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL) | |
7232 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
7233 else if ((lnum = buf_findsign(buf, id)) > 0) | |
7234 { /* goto a sign ... */ | |
7235 if (buf_jump_open_win(buf) != NULL) | |
7236 { /* ... in a current window */ | |
7237 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
7238 check_cursor_lnum(); | |
7239 beginline(BL_WHITE); | |
7240 } | |
7241 else | |
7242 { /* ... not currently in a window */ | |
7243 char_u *cmd; | |
7244 | |
7245 cmd = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(buf->b_fname) + 25); | |
7246 if (cmd == NULL) | |
7247 return; | |
7248 sprintf((char *)cmd, "e +%ld %s", (long)lnum, buf->b_fname); | |
7249 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); | |
7250 vim_free(cmd); | |
7251 } | |
7252 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
7253 foldOpenCursor(); | |
7254 #endif | |
7255 } | |
7256 else | |
7257 EMSGN(_("E157: Invalid sign ID: %ld"), id); | |
7258 } | |
7259 else if (idx == SIGNCMD_UNPLACE) | |
7260 { | |
7261 if (lnum >= 0 || sign_name != NULL) | |
7262 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
3672 | 7263 else if (id == -2) |
7264 { | |
7265 /* ":sign unplace * file={fname}" */ | |
7266 redraw_buf_later(buf, NOT_VALID); | |
7267 buf_delete_signs(buf); | |
7268 } | |
7 | 7269 else |
7270 { | |
3672 | 7271 /* ":sign unplace {id} file={fname}" */ |
7 | 7272 lnum = buf_delsign(buf, id); |
7273 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum); | |
7274 } | |
7275 } | |
7276 /* idx == SIGNCMD_PLACE */ | |
7277 else if (sign_name != NULL) | |
7278 { | |
7279 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
7280 if (STRCMP(sp->sn_name, sign_name) == 0) | |
7281 break; | |
7282 if (sp == NULL) | |
7283 { | |
7284 EMSG2(_("E155: Unknown sign: %s"), sign_name); | |
7285 return; | |
7286 } | |
7287 if (lnum > 0) | |
7288 /* ":sign place {id} line={lnum} name={name} file={fname}": | |
7289 * place a sign */ | |
7290 buf_addsign(buf, id, lnum, sp->sn_typenr); | |
7291 else | |
7292 /* ":sign place {id} file={fname}": change sign type */ | |
7293 lnum = buf_change_sign_type(buf, id, sp->sn_typenr); | |
5865 | 7294 if (lnum > 0) |
7295 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum); | |
7296 else | |
7297 EMSG2(_("E885: Not possible to change sign %s"), sign_name); | |
7 | 7298 } |
7299 else | |
7300 EMSG(_(e_invarg)); | |
7301 } | |
7302 } | |
7303 | |
7304 #if defined(FEAT_SIGN_ICONS) || defined(PROTO) | |
7305 /* | |
7306 * Allocate the icons. Called when the GUI has started. Allows defining | |
7307 * signs before it starts. | |
7308 */ | |
7309 void | |
7310 sign_gui_started() | |
7311 { | |
7312 sign_T *sp; | |
7313 | |
7314 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
7315 if (sp->sn_icon != NULL) | |
7316 sp->sn_image = gui_mch_register_sign(sp->sn_icon); | |
7317 } | |
7318 #endif | |
7319 | |
7320 /* | |
7321 * List one sign. | |
7322 */ | |
7323 static void | |
7324 sign_list_defined(sp) | |
7325 sign_T *sp; | |
7326 { | |
7327 char_u *p; | |
7328 | |
274 | 7329 smsg((char_u *)"sign %s", sp->sn_name); |
7 | 7330 if (sp->sn_icon != NULL) |
7331 { | |
7332 MSG_PUTS(" icon="); | |
7333 msg_outtrans(sp->sn_icon); | |
7334 #ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
7335 if (sp->sn_image == NULL) | |
7336 MSG_PUTS(_(" (NOT FOUND)")); | |
7337 #else | |
7338 MSG_PUTS(_(" (not supported)")); | |
7339 #endif | |
7340 } | |
7341 if (sp->sn_text != NULL) | |
7342 { | |
7343 MSG_PUTS(" text="); | |
7344 msg_outtrans(sp->sn_text); | |
7345 } | |
7346 if (sp->sn_line_hl > 0) | |
7347 { | |
7348 MSG_PUTS(" linehl="); | |
7349 p = get_highlight_name(NULL, sp->sn_line_hl - 1); | |
7350 if (p == NULL) | |
7351 MSG_PUTS("NONE"); | |
7352 else | |
7353 msg_puts(p); | |
7354 } | |
7355 if (sp->sn_text_hl > 0) | |
7356 { | |
7357 MSG_PUTS(" texthl="); | |
7358 p = get_highlight_name(NULL, sp->sn_text_hl - 1); | |
7359 if (p == NULL) | |
7360 MSG_PUTS("NONE"); | |
7361 else | |
7362 msg_puts(p); | |
7363 } | |
7364 } | |
7365 | |
7366 /* | |
1828 | 7367 * Undefine a sign and free its memory. |
7368 */ | |
7369 static void | |
7370 sign_undefine(sp, sp_prev) | |
7371 sign_T *sp; | |
7372 sign_T *sp_prev; | |
7373 { | |
7374 vim_free(sp->sn_name); | |
7375 vim_free(sp->sn_icon); | |
7376 #ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
7377 if (sp->sn_image != NULL) | |
7378 { | |
7379 out_flush(); | |
7380 gui_mch_destroy_sign(sp->sn_image); | |
7381 } | |
7382 #endif | |
7383 vim_free(sp->sn_text); | |
7384 if (sp_prev == NULL) | |
7385 first_sign = sp->sn_next; | |
7386 else | |
7387 sp_prev->sn_next = sp->sn_next; | |
7388 vim_free(sp); | |
7389 } | |
7390 | |
7391 /* | |
7 | 7392 * Get highlighting attribute for sign "typenr". |
7393 * If "line" is TRUE: line highl, if FALSE: text highl. | |
7394 */ | |
7395 int | |
7396 sign_get_attr(typenr, line) | |
7397 int typenr; | |
7398 int line; | |
7399 { | |
7400 sign_T *sp; | |
7401 | |
7402 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
7403 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) | |
7404 { | |
7405 if (line) | |
7406 { | |
7407 if (sp->sn_line_hl > 0) | |
7408 return syn_id2attr(sp->sn_line_hl); | |
7409 } | |
7410 else | |
7411 { | |
7412 if (sp->sn_text_hl > 0) | |
7413 return syn_id2attr(sp->sn_text_hl); | |
7414 } | |
7415 break; | |
7416 } | |
7417 return 0; | |
7418 } | |
7419 | |
7420 /* | |
7421 * Get text mark for sign "typenr". | |
7422 * Returns NULL if there isn't one. | |
7423 */ | |
7424 char_u * | |
7425 sign_get_text(typenr) | |
7426 int typenr; | |
7427 { | |
7428 sign_T *sp; | |
7429 | |
7430 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
7431 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) | |
7432 return sp->sn_text; | |
7433 return NULL; | |
7434 } | |
7435 | |
7436 #if defined(FEAT_SIGN_ICONS) || defined(PROTO) | |
7437 void * | |
7438 sign_get_image(typenr) | |
7439 int typenr; /* the attribute which may have a sign */ | |
7440 { | |
7441 sign_T *sp; | |
7442 | |
7443 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
7444 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) | |
7445 return sp->sn_image; | |
7446 return NULL; | |
7447 } | |
7448 #endif | |
7449 | |
7450 /* | |
7451 * Get the name of a sign by its typenr. | |
7452 */ | |
7453 char_u * | |
7454 sign_typenr2name(typenr) | |
7455 int typenr; | |
7456 { | |
7457 sign_T *sp; | |
7458 | |
7459 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
7460 if (sp->sn_typenr == typenr) | |
7461 return sp->sn_name; | |
7462 return (char_u *)_("[Deleted]"); | |
7463 } | |
7464 | |
1828 | 7465 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) |
7466 /* | |
7467 * Undefine/free all signs. | |
7468 */ | |
7469 void | |
7470 free_signs() | |
7471 { | |
7472 while (first_sign != NULL) | |
7473 sign_undefine(first_sign, NULL); | |
7474 } | |
7475 #endif | |
7476 | |
1868 | 7477 #if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO) |
7478 static enum | |
7479 { | |
7480 EXP_SUBCMD, /* expand :sign sub-commands */ | |
7481 EXP_DEFINE, /* expand :sign define {name} args */ | |
7482 EXP_PLACE, /* expand :sign place {id} args */ | |
7483 EXP_UNPLACE, /* expand :sign unplace" */ | |
7484 EXP_SIGN_NAMES /* expand with name of placed signs */ | |
7485 } expand_what; | |
7486 | |
7487 /* | |
7488 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the sign command | |
7489 * expansion. | |
7490 */ | |
7491 char_u * | |
7492 get_sign_name(xp, idx) | |
1876 | 7493 expand_T *xp UNUSED; |
1868 | 7494 int idx; |
7495 { | |
7496 sign_T *sp; | |
7497 int current_idx; | |
7498 | |
7499 switch (expand_what) | |
7500 { | |
7501 case EXP_SUBCMD: | |
7502 return (char_u *)cmds[idx]; | |
7503 case EXP_DEFINE: | |
7504 { | |
7505 char *define_arg[] = | |
7506 { | |
7507 "icon=", "linehl=", "text=", "texthl=", NULL | |
7508 }; | |
7509 return (char_u *)define_arg[idx]; | |
7510 } | |
7511 case EXP_PLACE: | |
7512 { | |
7513 char *place_arg[] = | |
7514 { | |
7515 "line=", "name=", "file=", "buffer=", NULL | |
7516 }; | |
7517 return (char_u *)place_arg[idx]; | |
7518 } | |
7519 case EXP_UNPLACE: | |
7520 { | |
7521 char *unplace_arg[] = { "file=", "buffer=", NULL }; | |
7522 return (char_u *)unplace_arg[idx]; | |
7523 } | |
7524 case EXP_SIGN_NAMES: | |
7525 /* Complete with name of signs already defined */ | |
7526 current_idx = 0; | |
7527 for (sp = first_sign; sp != NULL; sp = sp->sn_next) | |
7528 if (current_idx++ == idx) | |
7529 return sp->sn_name; | |
7530 return NULL; | |
7531 default: | |
7532 return NULL; | |
7533 } | |
7534 } | |
7535 | |
7536 /* | |
7537 * Handle command line completion for :sign command. | |
7538 */ | |
7539 void | |
7540 set_context_in_sign_cmd(xp, arg) | |
7541 expand_T *xp; | |
7542 char_u *arg; | |
7543 { | |
7544 char_u *p; | |
7545 char_u *end_subcmd; | |
7546 char_u *last; | |
7547 int cmd_idx; | |
7548 char_u *begin_subcmd_args; | |
7549 | |
7550 /* Default: expand subcommands. */ | |
7551 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SIGN; | |
7552 expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD; | |
7553 xp->xp_pattern = arg; | |
7554 | |
7555 end_subcmd = skiptowhite(arg); | |
7556 if (*end_subcmd == NUL) | |
7557 /* expand subcmd name | |
7558 * :sign {subcmd}<CTRL-D>*/ | |
7559 return; | |
7560 | |
7561 cmd_idx = sign_cmd_idx(arg, end_subcmd); | |
7562 | |
7563 /* :sign {subcmd} {subcmd_args} | |
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
7564 * | |
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
7565 * begin_subcmd_args */ |
1868 | 7566 begin_subcmd_args = skipwhite(end_subcmd); |
7567 p = skiptowhite(begin_subcmd_args); | |
7568 if (*p == NUL) | |
7569 { | |
7570 /* | |
7571 * Expand first argument of subcmd when possible. | |
7572 * For ":jump {id}" and ":unplace {id}", we could | |
7573 * possibly expand the ids of all signs already placed. | |
7574 */ | |
7575 xp->xp_pattern = begin_subcmd_args; | |
7576 switch (cmd_idx) | |
7577 { | |
7578 case SIGNCMD_LIST: | |
7579 case SIGNCMD_UNDEFINE: | |
7580 /* :sign list <CTRL-D> | |
7581 * :sign undefine <CTRL-D> */ | |
7582 expand_what = EXP_SIGN_NAMES; | |
7583 break; | |
7584 default: | |
7585 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; | |
7586 } | |
7587 return; | |
7588 } | |
7589 | |
7590 /* expand last argument of subcmd */ | |
7591 | |
7592 /* :sign define {name} {args}... | |
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
7593 * | |
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
7594 * p */ |
1868 | 7595 |
7596 /* Loop until reaching last argument. */ | |
7597 do | |
7598 { | |
7599 p = skipwhite(p); | |
7600 last = p; | |
7601 p = skiptowhite(p); | |
7602 } while (*p != NUL); | |
7603 | |
7604 p = vim_strchr(last, '='); | |
7605 | |
7606 /* :sign define {name} {args}... {last}= | |
2311
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
7607 * | | |
ccda151dde4e
Support completion for ":find". (Nazri Ramliy)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2290
diff
changeset
|
7608 * last p */ |
1868 | 7609 if (p == NUL) |
7610 { | |
7611 /* Expand last argument name (before equal sign). */ | |
7612 xp->xp_pattern = last; | |
7613 switch (cmd_idx) | |
7614 { | |
7615 case SIGNCMD_DEFINE: | |
7616 expand_what = EXP_DEFINE; | |
7617 break; | |
7618 case SIGNCMD_PLACE: | |
7619 expand_what = EXP_PLACE; | |
7620 break; | |
7621 case SIGNCMD_JUMP: | |
7622 case SIGNCMD_UNPLACE: | |
7623 expand_what = EXP_UNPLACE; | |
7624 break; | |
7625 default: | |
7626 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; | |
7627 } | |
7628 } | |
7629 else | |
7630 { | |
7631 /* Expand last argument value (after equal sign). */ | |
7632 xp->xp_pattern = p + 1; | |
7633 switch (cmd_idx) | |
7634 { | |
7635 case SIGNCMD_DEFINE: | |
7636 if (STRNCMP(last, "texthl", p - last) == 0 || | |
7637 STRNCMP(last, "linehl", p - last) == 0) | |
7638 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT; | |
7639 else if (STRNCMP(last, "icon", p - last) == 0) | |
7640 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_FILES; | |
7641 else | |
7642 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; | |
7643 break; | |
7644 case SIGNCMD_PLACE: | |
7645 if (STRNCMP(last, "name", p - last) == 0) | |
7646 expand_what = EXP_SIGN_NAMES; | |
7647 else | |
7648 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; | |
7649 break; | |
7650 default: | |
7651 xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING; | |
7652 } | |
7653 } | |
7654 } | |
7655 #endif | |
7 | 7656 #endif |
7657 | |
7658 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) || defined(PROTO) | |
7659 /* | |
7660 * ":drop" | |
7661 * Opens the first argument in a window. When there are two or more arguments | |
7662 * the argument list is redefined. | |
7663 */ | |
7664 void | |
7665 ex_drop(eap) | |
7666 exarg_T *eap; | |
7667 { | |
7668 int split = FALSE; | |
7669 win_T *wp; | |
7670 buf_T *buf; | |
735 | 7671 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
7672 tabpage_T *tp; | |
7673 # endif | |
7 | 7674 |
7675 /* | |
7676 * Check if the first argument is already being edited in a window. If | |
7677 * so, jump to that window. | |
7678 * We would actually need to check all arguments, but that's complicated | |
7679 * and mostly only one file is dropped. | |
7680 * This also ignores wildcards, since it is very unlikely the user is | |
7681 * editing a file name with a wildcard character. | |
7682 */ | |
735 | 7683 set_arglist(eap->arg); |
7684 | |
1067 | 7685 /* |
7686 * Expanding wildcards may result in an empty argument list. E.g. when | |
7687 * editing "foo.pyc" and ".pyc" is in 'wildignore'. Assume that we | |
7688 * already did an error message for this. | |
7689 */ | |
7690 if (ARGCOUNT == 0) | |
7691 return; | |
7692 | |
7 | 7693 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
735 | 7694 if (cmdmod.tab) |
7695 { | |
7696 /* ":tab drop file ...": open a tab for each argument that isn't | |
7697 * edited in a window yet. It's like ":tab all" but without closing | |
7698 * windows or tabs. */ | |
7699 ex_all(eap); | |
7700 } | |
7701 else | |
7 | 7702 # endif |
735 | 7703 { |
7704 /* ":drop file ...": Edit the first argument. Jump to an existing | |
7705 * window if possible, edit in current window if the current buffer | |
7706 * can be abandoned, otherwise open a new window. */ | |
7707 buf = buflist_findnr(ARGLIST[0].ae_fnum); | |
7708 | |
7709 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) | |
7710 { | |
7711 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) | |
7 | 7712 { |
735 | 7713 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
825 | 7714 goto_tabpage_win(tp, wp); |
735 | 7715 # endif |
7 | 7716 curwin->w_arg_idx = 0; |
7717 return; | |
7718 } | |
7719 } | |
735 | 7720 |
7721 /* | |
7722 * Check whether the current buffer is changed. If so, we will need | |
7723 * to split the current window or data could be lost. | |
7724 * Skip the check if the 'hidden' option is set, as in this case the | |
7725 * buffer won't be lost. | |
7726 */ | |
7727 if (!P_HID(curbuf)) | |
7728 { | |
7 | 7729 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
735 | 7730 ++emsg_off; |
7 | 7731 # endif |
5464 | 7732 split = check_changed(curbuf, CCGD_AW | CCGD_EXCMD); |
7 | 7733 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
735 | 7734 --emsg_off; |
7 | 7735 # else |
735 | 7736 if (split) |
7737 return; | |
7 | 7738 # endif |
735 | 7739 } |
7740 | |
7741 /* Fake a ":sfirst" or ":first" command edit the first argument. */ | |
7742 if (split) | |
7743 { | |
7744 eap->cmdidx = CMD_sfirst; | |
7745 eap->cmd[0] = 's'; | |
7746 } | |
7747 else | |
7748 eap->cmdidx = CMD_first; | |
7749 ex_rewind(eap); | |
7750 } | |
7 | 7751 } |
7752 #endif |